[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020032133A1 - Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020032133A1
WO2020032133A1 PCT/JP2019/031219 JP2019031219W WO2020032133A1 WO 2020032133 A1 WO2020032133 A1 WO 2020032133A1 JP 2019031219 W JP2019031219 W JP 2019031219W WO 2020032133 A1 WO2020032133 A1 WO 2020032133A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
photosensitive resin
resin composition
group
mass
exposure
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2019/031219
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
隼也 小坂
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Asahi Kasei Corp
Asahi Chemical Industry Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Asahi Kasei Corp
Asahi Chemical Industry Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Asahi Kasei Corp, Asahi Chemical Industry Co Ltd filed Critical Asahi Kasei Corp
Priority to MYUI2021000615A priority Critical patent/MY206335A/en
Priority to KR1020207031624A priority patent/KR102509152B1/en
Priority to JP2020535851A priority patent/JP7422664B2/en
Priority to CN201980051908.6A priority patent/CN112534351B/en
Priority to CN202510268247.XA priority patent/CN120215208A/en
Publication of WO2020032133A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020032133A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to JP2023014176A priority patent/JP2023061998A/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated end groups
    • C08F290/06Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/38Treatment before imagewise removal, e.g. prebaking
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/02Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding
    • H05K3/06Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which the conductive material is applied to the surface of the insulating support and is thereafter removed from such areas of the surface which are not intended for current conducting or shielding the conductive material being removed chemically or electrolytically, e.g. by photo-etch process
    • H05K3/061Etching masks
    • H05K3/064Photoresists

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a method for forming a resist pattern, and the like.
  • a photosensitive resin laminate obtained by laminating a photosensitive resin layer on a support film, and further laminating a protective film as necessary on the photosensitive resin layer, A so-called dry film photoresist (hereinafter sometimes referred to as DF) is used.
  • DF dry film photoresist
  • the photosensitive resin layer is generally of an alkali developing type using a weak alkaline aqueous solution as a developing solution.
  • the following steps are performed.
  • the protective film is first peeled off.
  • the DF is laminated on a substrate for producing a permanent circuit such as a copper-clad laminate or a flexible substrate using a laminator or the like, and is exposed through a wiring pattern mask film or the like.
  • the support film is peeled off, and the photosensitive resin layer of an uncured portion (for example, an unexposed portion in a negative type) is dissolved or dispersed and removed with a developer, and a cured resist pattern (hereinafter, simply referred to as (Sometimes called a resist pattern).
  • the first method is a method in which a substrate surface not covered with a resist pattern (for example, a copper surface of a copper-clad laminate) is removed by etching, and then the resist pattern portion is removed with an alkaline aqueous solution stronger than a developing solution (etching method). It is.
  • a second method after performing a plating treatment on the substrate surface with copper, solder, nickel, tin, or the like, the resist pattern portion is removed in the same manner as the first method, and further, a substrate surface (for example, This is a method (plating method) for etching the copper surface of the copper-clad laminate.
  • a substrate surface for example, This is a method (plating method) for etching the copper surface of the copper-clad laminate.
  • cupric chloride, ferric chloride, a copper-ammonia complex solution or the like is used for the etching.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition in which the resolution is enhanced by a specific thermoplastic resin, a monomer, and a photopolymerizable initiator. .
  • a heating step may be performed on the photosensitive resin layer, followed by development, if necessary.
  • this heating step it is possible to further improve resolution and adhesion (that is, adhesion between the resist pattern and the substrate).
  • a post-exposure baking step is added, the conventional photosensitive resin composition still has insufficient adhesion and resolution, or does not provide good adhesion when the time from exposure to development is long. There was a problem that.
  • the present invention has been proposed in view of such conventional circumstances, and an object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide sensitivity when heated and developed after exposure, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and It is an object of the present invention to provide a photosensitive resin composition which has good resolution and particularly achieves good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is long.
  • the present invention includes the following embodiments.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 1 comprising (D) methoquinone as a phenolic polymerization inhibitor.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 1 or 2 further comprising (D) dibutylhydroxytoluene as a phenolic polymerization inhibitor.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 3 wherein the content of the dibutylhydroxytoluene is 1 to 200 ppm.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (C) includes at least one selected from the group consisting of anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof.
  • Photosensitive resin composition [8] The photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 7, wherein the photopolymerization initiator (C) contains anthracene and / or an anthracene derivative.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 11, comprising: [13] The photosensitive resin according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 12, for obtaining an exposed resin cured product using a first laser beam having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second laser beam having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more. Composition. [14] The photosensitive material according to any one of Aspects 1 to 13, wherein the center wavelength of the first laser light is 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, and the center wavelength of the second laser light is 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less. Resin composition.
  • the sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution when heated and developed after exposure are good, and even when the time from exposure to development is long, good adhesion is obtained.
  • the photosensitive resin composition which realizes the property can be provided.
  • the photosensitive resin composition comprises (A) an alkali-soluble polymer, (B) a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, and (D) a phenol-based polymerization inhibitor. Agent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition can be applied to an arbitrary support to form a photosensitive resin layer. The above-described composition of the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is useful for obtaining a cured resin by heating and developing after exposure.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is a photosensitive resin composition for obtaining a cured resin by exposing with a first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more.
  • the activation light is, for example, laser light.
  • the photosensitive resin composition has photosensitivity to both the first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and the second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more.
  • the central wavelength of the first active light is preferably 350 to 380 nm, more preferably 355 to 375 nm, and particularly preferably 375 nm.
  • the center wavelength of the second active light is preferably 400 to 410 nm, more preferably 402 to 408 nm, and particularly preferably 405 nm (h-line).
  • each component contained in the photosensitive resin composition will be described.
  • Alkali-soluble polymer (A) The alkali-soluble polymer is a polymer that can be dissolved in an alkali substance. (A) The alkali-soluble polymer preferably has a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of alkali developability, and is more preferably a copolymer containing a carboxyl group-containing monomer as a copolymer component. (A) The alkali-soluble polymer may be thermoplastic.
  • the photosensitive resin composition preferably contains (A) a copolymer having an aromatic group as the alkali-soluble polymer, from the viewpoints of high resolution of the resist pattern and sushi shape. It is particularly preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains (A) a copolymer having an aromatic group in a side chain as the alkali-soluble polymer. Examples of such an aromatic group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group.
  • the proportion of the copolymer having an aromatic group in the component (A) is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more.
  • the above ratio may be 100% by mass, but from the viewpoint of maintaining good alkali solubility, it is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and even more preferably 85% by mass.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the comonomer having an aromatic group in the alkali-soluble polymer (A) is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably Is 60% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, and preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the copolymerization ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining good alkali solubility.
  • Examples of the comonomer having an aromatic group include styrene and polymerizable styrene derivatives (eg, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.). And a monomer having an aralkyl group. Among them, styrene and styrene derivatives are more preferred.
  • the ratio of the total of the constituent units of styrene and / or styrene derivative in the entire alkali-soluble polymer can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly from exposure to exposure. From the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion even when the time until development is long, preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 26% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. % By mass, more preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more. Since the styrene skeleton is hydrophobic, the swelling property with respect to a developer can be suppressed, and good adhesion can be exhibited.
  • the mobility of the polymer tends to be low and the reactivity tends to be low, whereby the adhesion tends to be low.
  • radicals in the system are deactivated, and the effect of improving the adhesion by heating after exposure is reduced.
  • the mobility of the polymer is improved by heating, and the hydrophobicity of the styrene skeleton and the carbon-carbon double bond It is considered that reactivity can be highly compatible, and as a result, good adhesion can be realized.
  • the total ratio of the constituent units of styrene and / or styrene derivative in the whole alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 90% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of favorably obtaining the advantage of the presence of other constituent units. Preferably it is 80 mass% or less, more preferably 70 mass% or less.
  • Examples of the comonomer having an aralkyl group include a monomer having a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and a monomer having a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), and having a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group. Monomers are preferred.
  • Examples of the comonomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylates having a benzyl group, such as benzyl (meth) acrylate and chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, such as vinyl benzyl chloride and vinyl benzyl alcohol Is mentioned.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer can significantly improve the adhesion when heated and developed after exposure, and achieves good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to include a structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate as a monomer component.
  • the ratio of the structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate in the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 5 to 85% by mass, more preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, and more preferably Is 20 to 40% by mass, more preferably 20 to 30% by mass.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer (A) has both a structural unit of styrene and / or a styrene derivative and a structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the comonomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the copolymer having an aromatic group (preferably a benzyl group) in the side chain includes (i) a monomer having an aromatic group, and (ii) at least one kind of a first monomer described below and / or a second monomer described below. Is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the above.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer (A) other than the copolymer having an aromatic group in the side chain is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one kind of a first monomer described later, and is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later. More preferably, it is obtained by copolymerizing the species with at least one of the second monomers described below.
  • the first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule.
  • the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid half ester.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is preferred.
  • (meth) acrylic acid means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid
  • (meth) acryloyl group means acryloyl group or methacryloyl group
  • “(meth) acrylate "" Means "acrylate” or "methacrylate”.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably from 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of all monomer components of the polymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers.
  • the copolymerization ratio is preferably 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of developing good developability and controlling the edge fusing property.
  • the copolymerization ratio is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 30% by mass or less, from the viewpoints of high resolution and swelling shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern. It is at most 25% by mass, particularly preferably at most 22% by mass, most preferably at most 20% by mass.
  • the second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule.
  • Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and tert.
  • (Meth) acrylates such as -butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl acetate and the like Esters of vinyl alcohol; and (meth) acrylonitrile.
  • methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate are preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer can be prepared by polymerizing one or more monomers described above by a known polymerization method, preferably by addition polymerization, more preferably by radical polymerization. It is preferable that the monomer contains a monomer having an aralkyl group and / or styrene from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, adhesion, high resolution, and swell shape of the resist pattern.
  • a copolymer composed of methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer composed of methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, and the like are particularly preferable.
  • the I / O value of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 0.600 or less.
  • the I / O value represents a ratio of (inorganic value) / (organic value), and is a value for evaluating the polarity of various organic compounds based on an organic conceptual diagram.
  • a parameter is assigned to each of the functional groups in the compound. This is one of the functional group contribution methods to be set.
  • Non-Patent Documents Organic Conceptual Diagram (by Yoshio Koda, Sankyo Publishing (1984)); KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, No. 1, Paragraphs 1 to 16 (1954); Vol. 11, No. 10, pp.
  • the concept of the I / O value divides the properties of the compound into an organic group representing a covalent bond and an inorganic group representing an ionic bond, and all organic compounds are named as an organic axis and an inorganic axis, respectively. It is shown as a point on the coordinates with respect to the orthogonal axis.
  • the I / O value closer to 0 indicates a non-polar (ie, hydrophobic or organic) organic compound, and a larger I / O value indicates a more polar (ie, hydrophilic or inorganic) compound. Large) organic compound.
  • the I / O value of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 0.600 or less, more preferably 0.570, from the viewpoint of the adhesion and resolution of the resist pattern when heated and developed after exposure.
  • more preferably 0.520 or less, particularly preferably 0.490 or less, from the viewpoint of resolution and peelability when heated and developed after exposure preferably 0.300 or more, more preferably Preferably it is 0.400 or more, more preferably 0.450 or more.
  • the glass transition temperature of the alkali-soluble polymer is a value determined by the Fox equation ((A)
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the entire mixture thereof that is, The weight average value (Tg total ) of the glass transition temperature is preferably 130 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 120 ° C. or lower and 110 ° C. or lower, from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, adhesion, high resolution, and swelling shape of the resist pattern. , 100 ° C or less, 95 ° C or less, 90 ° C or less, or 80 ° C or less.
  • the lower limit of the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the alkali-soluble polymer is not limited, but is preferably 30 ° C. or higher, more preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably 60 ° C., from the viewpoint of controlling the edge fusing property. That is all.
  • the glass transition temperature of (A) a homopolymer composed of the same monomer as one or more of the monomers constituting the alkali-soluble polymer is disclosed in Non-patent Document (Brandrup, J. Imergutt, EH Edit. "Polymer handbook, Third edition, John Wiley & sons, 1989, p. 209 Chapter VI" Glass transition temperatures of polymers ").
  • the acid equivalent of the alkali-soluble polymer (if the component (A) contains a plurality of copolymers, the acid equivalent of the entire mixture) is determined by the development resistance of the photosensitive resin layer and the resolution of the resist pattern. It is preferably 100 or more from the viewpoints of imageability and adhesion, and preferably 600 or less from the viewpoints of developability and peelability of the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the acid equivalent of the alkali-soluble polymer is more preferably from 200 to 500, further preferably from 250 to 450.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer (when the component (A) contains a plurality of copolymers, the weight average molecular weight of the entire mixture) is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. .
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 5,000 or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the thickness of the dry film resist uniform and obtaining resistance to a developing solution. It is preferably 500,000 or less from the viewpoints of maintaining the resist pattern, the high resolution of the resist pattern and the lithography shape, and further, the chemical resistance of the resist pattern.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer is more preferably 10,000 to 200,000, further preferably 20,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 30,000 to 70,000.
  • the degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and even more preferably from 1.0 to 3.0. .
  • the content of the (A) alkali-soluble polymer in the photosensitive resin composition is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the same applies to each component), 10 mass % To 90% by mass, preferably 20% to 80% by mass, more preferably 40% to 60% by mass.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the alkali developability of the photosensitive resin layer, and the resist pattern formed by light exposure has a performance as a resist material.
  • It is preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of exerting the effect sufficiently, the high resolution of the resist pattern and the swelling shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the resist pattern. Is more preferably 70% by mass or less, further preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is a compound having a polymerizable property by having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (that is, a double bond) in its structure. .
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferably derived from a methacryloyl group.
  • the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has an alkylene oxide structure having 3 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene oxide structure preferably has 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the (B) compound having one (meth) acryloyl group as an ethylenically unsaturated bond include, for example, a compound in which (meth) acrylic acid is added to one end of a polyalkylene oxide or one of a polyalkylene oxide (Meth) acrylic acid is added to the terminal of the compound, and the other terminal is alkyl-etherified or allyl-etherified, or a phthalic acid-based compound, which is preferable from the viewpoint of peelability and flexibility of the cured film.
  • Examples of such a compound include phenoxyhexaethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, which is a (meth) acrylate of a compound in which polyethylene glycol is added to a phenyl group, polypropylene glycol to which an average of 2 mol of propylene oxide is added, Mole of polyethylene glycol to which ethylene oxide has been added, and 4-normal-nonylphenoxyheptaethylene glycol dipropylene glycol (meth) acrylate which is a (meth) acrylate of a compound having nonylphenol added thereto, and polypropylene having an average of 1 mole of propylene oxide added.
  • (Meth) acrylate which is a compound obtained by adding glycol and polyethylene glycol having an average of 5 moles of ethylene oxide added to nonylphenol.
  • Examples of the compound having two (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule include a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group at both ends of an alkylene oxide chain, or an alkylene in which an ethylene oxide chain and a propylene oxide chain are bonded randomly or in a block.
  • Compounds having (meth) acryloyl groups at both ends of the oxide chain can be exemplified.
  • Examples of such a compound include tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, hexaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, heptaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and octaethylene glycol di (Polethylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, nonaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, decaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and compounds having (meth) acryloyl groups at both ends of a 12-mol ethylene oxide chain And polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polybutylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, nonaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, decaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and compounds having (meth) acryloyl groups
  • polyalkylene oxide di (meth) acrylate compound containing an ethylene oxide group and a propylene oxide group in the compound for example, an average of 3 mol of ethylene oxide is further added to both ends of polypropylene glycol having an average of 12 mol of propylene oxide.
  • a compound having (meth) acryloyl groups at both terminals by modifying bisphenol A with an alkylene oxide has improved resolution and adhesion. It is preferable from the viewpoint of.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is C 2 H 4
  • B is C 3 H 6
  • n1 and n3 each independently represent 0 to An integer of 39
  • n1 + n3 is an integer of 0 to 40
  • n2 and n4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 29, and n2 + n4 is an integer of 0 to 30,-(A-0)-
  • the sequence of-(BO)-repeating units may be random or block. In the case of a block, either-(A-0)-or-(BO)-may be on the bisphenyl group side.
  • Compounds represented by ⁇ can be used.
  • dimethacrylate of polyethylene glycol having an average of 5 moles of ethylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A and polyethylene glycol having an average of 2 moles of ethylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A
  • Polymethacrylate dimethacrylate in which an average of 1 mole of ethylene oxide is added to both ends of dimethacrylate and bisphenol A, respectively, is preferred in terms of resolution and adhesion.
  • a compound in which the aromatic ring in the general formula (I) has a hetero atom and / or a substituent may be used.
  • hetero atom examples include a halogen atom and the like, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and a phenacyl group.
  • substituents may form a condensed ring, or a hydrogen atom in these substituents may be substituted with a hetero atom such as a halogen atom.
  • the aromatic ring in the general formula (I) has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds may be contained after heating after exposure. Adhesion at the time of development can be remarkably improved, and it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint that good adhesion can be obtained even when the time from exposure to development becomes long. From the same viewpoint, it is more preferable to include a (meth) acrylate compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, and to include a (meth) acrylate compound having five or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound having 6 or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds are preferably methacrylate compounds.
  • Compounds having 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, and 6 or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds are considered to have an effect of increasing the crosslink density at the time of polymerization by exposure, but the number of functional groups is In many cases, a desired crosslink density cannot be obtained due to steric hindrance due to the large number.
  • a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is preferable, a compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is more preferable, and a compound having five or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is more preferable.
  • the content of the compound having 6 or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, based on the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferably at least 10 mass%, particularly preferably at least 10 mass%.
  • the upper limit of the content is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, and further preferably 15% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of exhibiting the effect of the heat treatment after exposure. Is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds include: Tri (meth) acrylates, such as ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate (eg, flexible, As preferable examples from the viewpoint of adhesion and bleed-out suppression, tri (meth) acrylate obtained by adding an average of 21 mol of ethylene oxide to trimethylolpropane, and trimethyl acrylate obtained by adding an average of 30 mol of ethylene oxide to trimethylolpropane (Meth) acrylate) and the like; Tetra (meth) acrylate, for example, ditrimethylolpropanetetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (
  • the (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 500 or more, more preferably 700 or more, and still more preferably 900 or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed-out. .
  • pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate is preferable.
  • pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate tetra (meth) acrylate in which a total of 1 to 40 moles of alkylene oxide is added to four terminals of pentaerythritol is preferable.
  • Tetra (meth) acrylate has the following general formula (II):
  • R 3 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • X represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • m 1 , m 2 , m 3 and m 4 represent Each independently is an integer of 0 to 40
  • m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 is 1 to 40
  • m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 is 2 or more
  • a plurality of Xs are , Which may be the same as or different from each other, are more preferable.
  • the tetramethacrylate compound represented by the general formula (II) can form an H 2 CRCH—CO—O— moiety by having groups R 3 to R 6. It is considered that the hydrolyzability in an alkaline solution is suppressed as compared with the tetraacrylate.
  • the use of the photosensitive resin composition containing the tetramethacrylate compound represented by the general formula (II) can significantly improve the adhesion when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly from exposure to development. This is preferable from the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the time is long.
  • At least one of the groups R 3 to R 6 is preferably a methyl group, and more preferably all of the groups R 3 to R 6 are methyl groups.
  • X is preferably —CH 2 —CH 2 — from the viewpoint of obtaining desired resolution, swell shape, and remaining film ratio of the resist pattern.
  • m 1 , m 2 , m 3 and m 4 are each independently an integer of 1 to 20 from the viewpoint of obtaining desired resolution, swell shape and residual film ratio of the resist pattern. And more preferably an integer of 2 to 10. Further, in the general formula (II), m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 is preferably from 1 to 36 or from 4 to 36.
  • the hexa (meth) acrylate compound includes hexa (meth) acrylate in which 1 to 24 moles of ethylene oxide is added to 6 terminals of dipentaerythritol, and 1 to 10 moles of total in 6 terminals of dipentaerythritol. Hexa (meth) acrylate to which ⁇ -caprolactone is added is preferred.
  • the conductive resin composition contains, as the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a (meth) acrylate compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds and having an alkylene oxide chain.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferably derived from a methacryloyl group
  • the alkylene oxide chain is more preferably an ethylene oxide chain.
  • the conductive resin composition preferably contains (B) a (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton as a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • alkylene oxide chain include an ethylene oxide chain, a propylene oxide chain, a butylene oxide chain, a pentylene oxide chain, a hexylene oxide chain, and the like.
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains a plurality of alkylene oxide chains, they may be the same or different.
  • an ethylene oxide chain, a propylene oxide chain, and a butylene oxide chain are more preferable, an ethylene oxide chain and a propylene oxide chain are more preferable, and an ethylene oxide chain is particularly preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton is an ester of a dipentaerythritol compound in which at least one of a plurality of hydroxyl groups is modified with an alkyleneoxy group, and (meth) acrylic acid.
  • Six hydroxyl groups of the dipentaerythritol skeleton may be modified with an alkyleneoxy group.
  • the number of ester bonds in one molecule of the ester may be from 1 to 6, preferably 6.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton include, for example, hexapentadierythritol to which alkylene oxide is added to an average of 4 to 30 mol, an average of 6 to 24 mol, or an average of 10 to 14 mol.
  • (Meth) acrylates are examples of the (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton adhesion after heating and development after exposure can be significantly improved, and particularly, the time from exposure to development can be improved.
  • the content of the (meth) acrylate compound having the alkylene oxide chain and the dipentaerythritol skeleton with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass. It is in the range of from 40% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 7% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the content of (b1) a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. , 0 mass% and 50 mass% or less.
  • the content exceeds 0% by mass, the adhesion after heating and development after exposure is significantly improved, and good adhesion is achieved even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged.
  • the content is 50% by mass or less, the flexibility of the cured resist is improved, and the peeling time tends to be shortened.
  • This content is more preferably 2% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 4% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is a compound having three or more methacrylate groups in the molecule, preferably 5% by mass based on the solid content of the entire photosensitive resin composition. Above, more preferably 9% by mass or more, still more preferably 13% by mass or more, particularly preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less, further preferably 30% by mass or less. In the amount of
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains (B2) a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain as one compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, It is preferable to include a compound having two (meth) acryloyl groups.
  • the compound having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 700 or more, and still more preferably, from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed-out. Has a molecular weight of 1000 or more.
  • (B2) As the compound having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups, polypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol ( (Meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • the compound having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups may contain an ethylene oxide chain in addition to the butylene oxide chain or the propylene oxide chain.
  • the compound (b2) having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 4 to 15, and Preferred are (meth) acrylates or di (meth) acrylates having 6 to 12 C 4 H 8 O or C 3 H 6 O.
  • the content of the compound having (b2) a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups is more than 0% by mass based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. And 20% by mass or less.
  • (B) in order to suppress the bleed-out of the components of the dry film resist and to improve the storage stability, (B) preferably 70 mass% based on the total solid content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. %, More preferably 80% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 100% by weight, is a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 500 or more.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 760 or more, more preferably 800 or more, and still more preferably 830 or more. Preferably it is 900 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be determined as the molecular weight calculated from the molecular structure of the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • the weight can be determined by weighting the molecular weight of each compound by the content.
  • the concentration of the methacryloyl group in the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 0.20 mol / 100 g or more. , More preferably at least 0.30 mol / 100 g, even more preferably at least 0.35 mol / 100 g.
  • the upper limit of the concentration of the methacryloyl group is not limited as long as the polymerizability and the alkali developability are ensured, but may be, for example, 0.90 mol / 100 g or less or 0.80 mol / 100 g or less.
  • the value of (methacryloyl group concentration / (methacryloyl group concentration + acryloyl group concentration)) in the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 0 or more. It is at least 0.60, more preferably at least 0.80, particularly preferably at least 0.90, most preferably at least 0.95.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may also contain other compounds as the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • Other compounds include a (meth) acrylate having a urethane bond, a compound obtained by reacting an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyhydric alcohol, and a reaction of an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid with a glycidyl group-containing compound.
  • 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate.
  • the ratio of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass. It is preferable to set this ratio to 5% by mass or more from the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution and adhesion. This ratio is more preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. On the other hand, it is preferable to set this ratio to 70% by mass or less from the viewpoint of suppressing edge fuse and delay of peeling of the cured resist. It is more preferable that this ratio be 50% by mass or less.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is a compound that polymerizes a monomer by light.
  • the photopolymerization initiator can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and can obtain good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. From the viewpoint that can be obtained, preferably contains one or more selected from the group consisting of anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof, more preferably contains anthracene and / or anthracene derivative, more preferably Include anthracene derivatives.
  • anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof, particularly anthracene and / or anthracene derivative absorb first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more. And functions well as a polymerization initiator. Therefore, in one embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition can have sensitivity to the first active light and the second active light, and can be used for two-wavelength exposure. (C) The photopolymerization initiator can also be selected so as to have a plurality of absorption maxima in the wavelength range of the first active light and the second active light.
  • the total content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 0.1% by mass. % To 7% by weight, particularly preferably 0.1% to 6% by weight.
  • the total content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a sufficient sensitivity, and sufficiently transmits light to the bottom of the resist to obtain good high resolution. Is preferably 20% by mass or less from the viewpoint of obtaining
  • anthracene and anthracene derivatives can significantly improve the adhesion when heated and developed after exposure, and are particularly advantageous in that they achieve good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is long. It is. From the same viewpoint, the anthracene derivative is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms and / or a substituent which may have a substituent at the 9-position and / or 10-position, more preferably the 9,10-position. And an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have
  • the anthracene derivative can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly achieves good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is long. It is preferable that at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has a substituent. It is more preferred to have an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion and resolution, it is preferable to have an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent at the 9 and 10 positions, and to have a substituent at the 9 and 10 positions. It is more preferred to have an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the carbon numbers of the 9-position and the 10-position group may be the same or different.
  • the anthracene derivative can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly achieves good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is long. It is preferable that at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has an optionally substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has a substituent. It is more preferred to have an optionally substituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Adhesion when heated and developed after exposure can be significantly improved, and from the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged, from the viewpoint of ninth and tenth, It is preferable to have an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and to have an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent at the 9th and 10th positions. More preferred.
  • the carbon numbers of the 9-position and the 10-position group may be the same or different. Further, the groups at the 9-position and the 10-position may be the same group or different groups.
  • the group at the 9-position is an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • the group at the 10-position is an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. There may be.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group; an aryl group to which an alkoxy group is added, such as a methoxyphenyl group and an ethoxyphenyl group; An aryl group to which an alkyl group is added, for example, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group, a nonylphenyl group; an aryl group to which a halogen is added, for example, a chlorophenyl group; an aryl group to which a hydroxyl group is added, such as a hydroxyphenyl group. Can be Of these, a phenyl group is more preferred.
  • the anthracene derivative is preferably represented by the following general formula (IV).
  • R 1 is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, Represents an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group or an N (R ′) 2 group, and two or more R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, wherein the cyclic structure is a heteroatom May be included.
  • X independently represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a —N (R ′) — group, a —CO—O— group, a —CO—S— group, a —SO 2 —O— group , —SO 2 —S—, —SO 2 —N (R ′) —, —O—CO—, —S—CO—, —O—SO 2 — or S—SO 2 — Show.
  • X excludes a single bond and R 1 excludes a combination of hydrogen atoms (that is, unsubstituted anthracene).
  • R ′ is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, Represents up to 40 substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, and R's may be mutually bonded to form a cyclic structure, and the cyclic structure may include a heteroatom .
  • P is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 2 to 4.
  • R 1 and R ′ Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms for R 1 and R ′ include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an n-pentyl group, -Hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-eicosyl group, i -Propyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group and t-butyl group.
  • R 1 and R ′ Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms for R 1 and R ′ include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a bridged group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • alicyclic hydrocarbon groups for example, norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group, adamantyl group, methyladamantyl group, ethyladamantyl group, butyladamantyl group and the like).
  • alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms in R 1 and R ′ include vinyl and propenyl groups.
  • substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms for R 1 and R ′ include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, methoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, tolyl, and xylyl.
  • Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group for R 1 and R ′ include a group containing one or more hetero atoms such as a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, and a nitrogen atom in a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, for example, a pyridyl group. , Imidazolyl group, morpholinyl group, piperidyl group, pyrrolidyl group and the like.
  • each hydrocarbon group of R 1 and R ′ may be substituted with a substituent.
  • substituents include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (eg, a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, A hydroxypropyl group, a 3-hydroxypropyl group, a 1-hydroxybutyl group, a 2-hydroxybutyl group, a 3-hydroxybutyl group, a 4-hydroxybutyl group, etc., an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (eg, a methoxy group, Ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, i-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, 2-methylpropoxy group, 1-methylpropoxy group, t-butoxy group, etc.), cyano group, cyanoalkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms ( For example,
  • each hydrocarbon group of R 1 and R ′ is substituted by a halogen atom.
  • the anthracene derivative preferably has an alkoxy group substituted by a halogen atom at the 9-position and / or the 10-position.
  • R 1 and R ′ include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, and an n-hexyl.
  • X examples include a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a —N (R ′) — group, a —O—CO— group, and an O—SO 2 — group.
  • R ′ is hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (IV) include, for example, 1-methylanthracene, 2-methylanthracene, 2-ethylanthracene, 2-t-butylanthracene, 9-methylanthracene, 9,10-dimethylanthracene, 9-vinylanthracene, 9-phenylanthracene, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 2-bromo-9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9- (4-bromophenyl) -10-phenylanthracene, 9- (1-naphthyl) anthracene , 9- (2-naphthyl) anthracene, 2-bromo-9,10-bis (2-naphthyl) anthracene, 2,6-dibromo-9,10-bis (2-naphthyl) anthracene, 9,10-diethoxy Anthracene, 9,10-di
  • 9,10-dimethylanthracene, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropoxyanthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-di (2 -Ethylhexyloxy) anthracene and 9,10-bis- (3-chloropropoxy) anthracene are preferred.
  • the adhesion after heating and development after exposure can be remarkably improved, and especially the time from exposure to development.
  • 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene and 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9,10-bis- (3-chloro- Propoxy) anthracene is more preferred, and 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene Beauty 9,10-diphenyl anthracene, 9,10-bis - (3-chloropropoxy) anthracene is particularly preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (IV) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymerization initiator preferably includes (1) 9,10-diphenylanthracene; (2) includes 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene; (3) includes an anthracene derivative having a halogen atom; (4) 9, (5) including a compound wherein the 9- and / or 10-position alkoxy group of 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene is modified with one or more halogen atoms; And / or (6) a compound having a halogen atom directly bonded to the anthracene skeleton.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (IV) can remarkably improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and has good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. And is used for two-wavelength exposure using a first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more. It is also advantageous in that a photosensitive resin composition exhibiting excellent sensitivity, adhesion and resolution can be provided.
  • the photopolymerization initiator (C) includes an anthracene derivative having a halogen atom.
  • a preferred example of the anthracene derivative having a halogen atom is a halogen-substituted 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene.
  • a preferred example of the halogen substituent is a compound in which the 9- and / or 10-position alkoxy group of 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene is modified with one or more halogens.
  • Preferred alkoxy groups include those exemplified above as alkoxy groups having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • anthracene derivative a compound having a halogen atom directly bonded to the anthracene skeleton is also preferable.
  • anthracene compounds include 9-bromo-10-phenylanthracene, 9-chloro-10-phenylanthracene, 9-bromo-10- (2-naphthyl) anthracene, and 9-bromo-10- (1-naphthyl) Anthracene, 9- (2-biphenylyl) -10-bromoanthracene, 9- (4-biphenylyl) -10-bromoanthracene, 9-bromo-10- (9-phenanthryl) anthracene, 2-bromoanthracene, 9-bromoanthracene , 2-chloroanthracene and 9,10-dibromoanthracene.
  • the total amount of the anthracene and the anthracene derivative, or in a preferred embodiment, the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (IV) is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, It is more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 3% by mass, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
  • Examples of the pyrazoline derivative include, for example, 1-phenyl-3- (4-tert-butyl-styryl) -5- (4-tert-butyl-phenyl) -pyrazolin, 1- (4- (benzoxazol-2-yl) Phenyl) -3- (4-tert-butyl-styryl) -5- (4-tert-butyl-phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-biphenyl) -5- (4-tert-butyl- Phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-biphenyl) -5- (4-tert-octyl-phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-isopropylstyryl) -5- (4-isopropyl Phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-methoxystyryl) -5- (4-methoxypheny
  • Examples of the coumarin derivative include 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 3,3'-carbonylbis (7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-benzoyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin and the like. Among them, 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin is preferred in terms of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include quinones, aromatic ketones, acetophenones, acylphosphine oxides, benzoin or benzoin ethers, dialkyl ketals, thioxanthones, and dialkylaminobenzoates.
  • Oxime esters, and acridines eg, 9-phenylacridine, bisacridinylheptane, 9- (p-methylphenyl) acridine, 9- (m-methylphenyl) acridine are sensitive, Preferred
  • acridines eg, 9-phenylacridine, bisacridinylheptane, 9- (p-methylphenyl) acridine, 9- (m-methylphenyl) acridine are sensitive, Preferred
  • hexaarylbiimidazole eg, N-arylamino acids or ester compounds thereof (eg, N-phenylglycine is preferred in terms of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion)
  • halogen compounds eg, tribromomethylphenylsulfone
  • 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl -Diphenyl-phosphine oxide, triphenylphosphine oxide and the like may be used.
  • aromatic ketones examples include benzophenone, Michler's ketone [4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone], 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone. Can be. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion. Further, from the viewpoint of transmittance, the content of the aromatic ketone in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass, more preferably 0.02% by mass to 0.3% by mass. % By mass.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole examples include 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylbiimidazole, 2,2 ′, 5-tris- (o-chlorophenyl) -4- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -4 ', 5'-diphenylbiimidazole, 2,4-bis- (o-chlorophenyl) -5- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -diphenylbiimidazole, 2,4,5-tris- (o-chlorophenyl ) -Diphenylbiimidazole, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -bis-4,5- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2′-bis- (2-fluorophenyl) -4,4 ′ , 5,5'-Tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazo
  • the content of the hexaarylbisimidazole in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.05% by mass to 8% by mass, more preferably 0% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving the peeling characteristics and / or sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer. It is in the range of 0.1 to 7% by mass, more preferably 1 to 6% by mass.
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor in order to improve thermal stability and storage stability.
  • a phenolic polymerization inhibitor is a compound having one or more phenolic hydroxyl groups.
  • a phenolic polymerization inhibitor has a property of inhibiting a polymerization reaction caused by heat or the like and improving storage stability.
  • the phenolic polymerization inhibitor includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the (D) phenol polymerization inhibitor is a monohydric phenol (that is, a compound having one phenolic hydroxyl group in the molecule). More specific preferred examples of the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor include methoquinone, dibutylhydroxytoluene, hydroquinone, and tetrakis (3- (3 ′, 5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionic acid.
  • the amount of the phenolic polymerization inhibitor on a mass basis when the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 100% by mass is from the viewpoint of obtaining a desired polymerization inhibiting effect on the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition contains (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor but the amount thereof is small means that the polymerization reaction of the photosensitive resin composition at the time of exposure to light in the photosensitive resin composition in the case where heating, then development is performed after exposure. This is advantageous in that both good progress and promotion of the reaction of the polymer (and thus improvement in adhesion) due to good mobility improvement effect by heating the polymer can be achieved.
  • a polymer has a bulky molecular structure (for example, a relatively large amount of a styrene skeleton)
  • the effect of improving the mobility by heating the polymer is low (therefore, the adhesiveness is low).
  • the improvement effect may be low
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment such a bulky polymer is present because the amount of the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor is in the above range. Also in this case, the effect of improving adhesion by heating after exposure can be favorably obtained.
  • the content of dibutylhydroxytoluene in the photosensitive resin composition is 1 to 200 ppm or 10 to 150 ppm.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may further contain optional components, if desired, in addition to the components (A) to (D).
  • Optional components include (d) additional polymerization inhibitors other than the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor, dyes, coloring substances, plasticizers, antioxidants, stabilizers, and the like.
  • additional polymerization inhibitors other than the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor, dyes, coloring substances, plasticizers, antioxidants, stabilizers, and the like.
  • additional polymerization inhibitors other than the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor, dyes, coloring substances, plasticizers, antioxidants, stabilizers, and the like.
  • the additives listed in JP-A-2013-156369 may be used.
  • Additional polymerization inhibitors include radical polymerization inhibitors, benzotriazoles, and carboxybenzotriazoles that are not the phenolic polymerization inhibitors.
  • radical polymerization inhibitor examples include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosamine and the like. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt is preferred.
  • benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, Bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole, bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole and the like can be mentioned.
  • carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene Carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and the like can be mentioned.
  • the total amount of the additional polymerization inhibitor is preferably from 0.001 to 3% by mass, more preferably from 0.01% by mass to 100% by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 1% by mass. Making the total amount 0.001% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, setting the total amount to 3% by mass or less is preferable from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity and suppressing decolorization of the dye.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a dye (for example, a leuco dye, a fluoran dye or the like) and a coloring substance, if desired.
  • a dye for example, a leuco dye, a fluoran dye or the like
  • a coloring substance if desired.
  • the coloring substance examples include fuchsin, phthalocyanine green, auramine base, paramagenta, crystal violet, methyl orange, Nile blue 2B, Victoria blue, and malachite green (for example, Eizen (registered trademark) MALACHITE @ GREEN manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Basic Blue 20 and Diamond Green (for example, Eizen (registered trademark) DIAMOND GREEN GH manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the coloring substance in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1% by mass when the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 100% by mass. Making the content 0.001% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the handleability of the photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, setting the content to 1% by mass or less is preferable from the viewpoint of maintaining the storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility because the exposed portion develops a color by containing a dye, and when an inspection machine or the like reads an alignment marker for exposure, an exposed portion and an unexposed portion are used. Is more advantageous because it is easier to recognize.
  • Preferred dyes in this respect include leuco dyes and fluoran dyes.
  • the leuco dye include tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane [leuco crystal violet] and bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) phenylmethane [leucomalachite green].
  • leuco crystal violet it is preferable to use leuco crystal violet as the leuco dye.
  • the content of the leuco dye in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total solid mass of the photosensitive resin composition. Making the content 0.1% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the contrast between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion. This content is more preferably at least 0.2% by mass, particularly preferably at least 0.4% by mass. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the content to 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining storage stability. This content is more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 2% by mass or less.
  • a leuco dye in combination with the above-mentioned halogen compound in the photopolymerization initiator (C) in the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of optimizing adhesion and contrast.
  • the content of the halogen compound in the photosensitive resin composition is 0.01% by mass when the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 100% by mass. % To 3% by mass is preferred from the viewpoint of maintaining the storage stability of the hue in the photosensitive layer.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may further contain an epoxy compound of bisphenol A.
  • bisphenol A epoxy compounds include compounds obtained by modifying bisphenol A with polypropylene glycol and epoxidizing the terminal.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may further contain a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer include phthalic acid esters (for example, diethyl phthalate and the like), o-toluenesulfonic acid amide, p-toluenesulfonic acid amide, tributyl citrate, triethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, triacetyl citrate -N-propyl, tri-n-butyl acetylcitrate, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol alkyl ether, polypropylene glycol alkyl ether and the like.
  • ADEKANOL SDX-1569, ADEKANOL SDX-1570, ADEKANOL SDX-1571, ADEKANOL SDX-479 (all manufactured by Asahi Denka Co., Ltd.), Newpole BP-23P, Newpole BP-3P, Newpole BP-5P, New Pole BPE-20T, New Pole BPE-60, New Pole BPE-100, New Pole BPE-180 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd.), Uniall DB-400, Uniall DAB-800, Uniall DA-350F, Uniall DA- Compounds having a bisphenol skeleton such as 400, Uniol DA-700 # (all manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), BA-P4U glycol and BA-P8 glycol (all manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.) are also included.
  • the content of the plasticizer in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total solid mass of the photosensitive resin composition. It is. Setting the content to 1% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoints of suppressing a delay in the development time and imparting flexibility to the cured film. On the other hand, setting the content to 50% by mass or less is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing insufficient curing and cold flow.
  • the water content in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.65% or less, more preferably 0.6% or less, preferably 0.55% or less, and 0.5% or less. It is preferably 0.45% or less, more preferably 0.4% or less, preferably 0.35% or less, preferably 0.3% or less, and 0.1% or less. It is preferably at most 25%, more preferably at most 0.2%.
  • the photosensitive resin composition can be used in the production of a photosensitive resin laminate in the form of a solution prepared by dissolving the photosensitive resin composition in a solvent.
  • the solvent include ketones and alcohols.
  • the ketones are represented by methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and acetone.
  • the alcohols are represented by methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol.
  • the solvent is used in an amount such that the viscosity at 25 ° C. of the photosensitive resin composition preparation liquid applied on the support film in the production of the photosensitive resin laminate is 500 mPa ⁇ s to 4,000 mPa ⁇ s. It is preferably added to the resin composition.
  • the light transmittance of at least one of 375 nm and 405 nm of the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is good in sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution when heated and developed after exposure.
  • the content is 58% to 95% from the viewpoint of providing a photosensitive resin composition that achieves good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is long.
  • 375 nm and 405 nm correspond to typical exposure wavelengths in the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment.
  • the light transmittance is preferably 58% or more, more preferably 58% or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility and resolution by the exposure light reaching a deeper region of the photosensitive resin composition during exposure. Is 60% or more, more preferably 62% or more, more preferably 64% or more, and still more preferably 65% or more. From the viewpoint of obtaining a good swelling shape by suppressing irregularly reflected light from the substrate surface, 95% Or less, preferably 85% or less, more preferably 80% or less, more preferably 75% or less, and still more preferably 70% or less.
  • Means for controlling the light transmittance at at least one of nm375 nm and 405 nm within the above range is not limited thereto, and includes, for example, control of the addition amount of a photopolymerization initiator, a dye, or a coloring substance.
  • the present embodiment also provides a photosensitive resin laminate having a photosensitive resin layer made of the above-described photosensitive resin composition and a support film.
  • a support film a transparent support film that transmits light emitted from an exposure light source is preferable.
  • a support film for example, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polyvinyl alcohol film, a polyvinyl chloride film, a vinyl chloride copolymer film, a polyvinylidene chloride film, a vinylidene chloride copolymer film, a polymethyl methacrylate copolymer film
  • a polystyrene film a polyacrylonitrile film, a styrene copolymer film, a polyamide film, and a cellulose derivative film.
  • these films those stretched as necessary can be used.
  • the haze of the support film is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 2% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less, and particularly preferably 1.0% or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing light scattering during exposure.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the surface in contact with the photosensitive layer is preferably 30 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. The thinner the film is, the more advantageous it is for improving the image formability and economy.
  • a film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m is preferably used.
  • the size of the fine particles such as a lubricant contained in the support film is preferably less than 5 ⁇ m.
  • the support film may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure in which a plurality of resin layers having different compositions are laminated.
  • a multilayer structure there may be an antistatic layer.
  • a resin layer containing fine particles is formed on one surface A, and fine particles are formed on the other surface B in the same manner as (1) Surface A. , (2) fine particles smaller than surface A, (3) fine particles finer than surface A, and (4) no fine particles.
  • the size of the fine particles is preferably less than 1.5 ⁇ m.
  • the size of the fine particles is a value obtained by measurement with a scanning electron microscope calibrated using a standard sample.
  • the protective layer used in the photosensitive resin laminate is that the adhesion to the photosensitive resin layer is sufficiently smaller than that of the support film, and the protective layer can be easily peeled off.
  • a polyethylene film or a polypropylene film can be preferably used as the protective layer.
  • a film having excellent releasability as disclosed in JP-A-59-202457 can be used.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably from 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably from 10 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • a gel called fisheye may be present on the polyethylene film surface.
  • the fish eyes may be transferred to the photosensitive resin layer.
  • the material of the protective layer is preferably stretched polypropylene. Specific examples include Alphan E-200A manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd.
  • the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer in the photosensitive resin laminate varies depending on the application, but is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m to 60 ⁇ m, and most preferably 10 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m. As the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is smaller, the resolution is improved, and as the thickness is larger, the film strength is improved.
  • the light transmittance of the laminate of the support film and the photosensitive resin layer at a wavelength of 630 nm is an index of the decolorization of the dye.
  • a high light transmittance at a wavelength of 630 nm indicates that the dye is decolorized.
  • the light transmittance of the laminate of the support film and the photosensitive resin layer at a wavelength of 630 nm is preferably 80% or less, more preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, and more preferably 72% or less.
  • This light transmittance is a value of the laminate of the support film and the photosensitive resin layer (that is, the protective layer is not included).
  • a method for manufacturing the photosensitive resin laminate will be described.
  • a method for producing a photosensitive resin laminate by sequentially laminating a support film, a photosensitive resin layer, and, if necessary, a protective layer a known method can be employed.
  • the photosensitive resin composition used for the photosensitive resin layer is mixed with a solvent for dissolving the same to form a uniform solution, first coated on a support film using a bar coater or a roll coater, and then dried to dry the solvent.
  • a photosensitive resin layer composed of a photosensitive resin composition can be laminated on the support film.
  • a protective layer is laminated on the photosensitive resin layer, whereby a photosensitive resin laminate can be produced.
  • the method can include an exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition, a heating step of heating the exposed photosensitive resin composition, and a development step of developing the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the resist pattern include a printed wiring board, a semiconductor element, a printing plate, a liquid crystal display panel, a touch panel, a flexible substrate, a lead frame substrate, a COF (chip-on-film) substrate, a semiconductor package substrate, a liquid crystal transparent electrode, and a liquid crystal.
  • a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board will be described as follows.
  • the printed wiring board is manufactured through the following steps.
  • the heating temperature during lamination is generally between 40 ° C and 160 ° C.
  • thermocompression bonding at least twice during lamination, the adhesion of the obtained resist pattern to the substrate can be improved.
  • a two-stage laminator provided with two rolls may be used, or the laminate of the substrate and the photosensitive resin layer may be repeatedly pressed several times to pass through the rolls.
  • the exposure step is preferably performed by an exposure method by directly drawing a drawing pattern, or by an exposure method of projecting an image of a photomask through a lens, and more preferably by an exposure method by directly drawing a drawing pattern.
  • the advantages of the photosensitive resin composition according to the present embodiment are more prominent in an exposure method by direct drawing of a drawing pattern, or an exposure method of projecting an image of a photomask through a lens, and an exposure method by direct drawing of a drawing pattern. Is particularly remarkable.
  • the exposure step is an exposure method by direct writing
  • the exposed photosensitive resin composition is preferably subjected to a heating step at about 30 ° C. to about 200 ° C., more preferably in the range of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 60 ° C to 120 ° C.
  • a heating furnace, a thermostat, a hot plate, a hot-air dryer, an infrared dryer, a hot roll, or the like of a hot air, infrared or far-infrared method can be used. It is preferable that the heating method is a hot roll in that processing can be performed in a short time, and it is more preferable that the number of hot rolls is two or more.
  • the heating step is performed within 15 minutes after exposure, from the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention, and it is more preferable that the heating step is performed within 10 minutes.
  • the support film on the photosensitive resin layer is peeled off, and then the unexposed portion is developed and removed using a developing solution of an alkaline aqueous solution, so that the resist pattern is formed on the substrate.
  • a developing solution of an alkaline aqueous solution As the alkaline aqueous solution, an aqueous solution of Na 2 CO 3 or K 2 CO 3 is used.
  • the alkaline aqueous solution is appropriately selected according to the characteristics of the photosensitive resin layer, but is preferably a Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution having a concentration of about 0.2% by weight to about 2% by weight and a temperature of about 20 ° C. to about 40 ° C.
  • the time from exposure to development (ie, the time from the end of exposure to the start of development) may be 5 minutes or more, or 60 minutes or more, or 180 minutes or more, and 1440 minutes or less, or 720 minutes. Minutes or less, or 300 minutes or less.
  • a circuit board is formed by etching or plating a substrate having a resist pattern manufactured by the above method.
  • Etching step or plating step The substrate surface exposed by development (for example, the copper surface of the copper-clad laminate) is etched or plated to produce a conductor pattern.
  • the resist pattern is stripped from the substrate using an appropriate stripping solution, if necessary.
  • the stripping solution include an aqueous alkali solution and an amine-based stripping solution.
  • the resist pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention through post-exposure baking exhibits good releasability with respect to an amine-based release liquid, and the release pieces are not excessively miniaturized. It has the advantage that. Therefore, it is preferable to use an amine-based stripping solution as the stripping solution because the advantageous effects of the present invention can be further exhibited.
  • the amine contained in the amine-based stripping solution may be an inorganic amine or an organic amine.
  • examples of the inorganic amine include ammonia, hydroxylamine, hydrazine and the like.
  • Examples of the organic amine include ethanolamine, propanolamine, alkylamine, cyclic amine, and quaternary ammonium salt. Specific examples of these include: Examples of the ethanolamine include monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylethanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N, N-dimethylethanolamine, N, N-diethylethanolamine, aminoethoxyethanol and the like; As propanolamine, for example, 1-amino-2-propanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol and the like; Examples of the alkylamine include monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethyleneamine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, hexamethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine and the like; Cyclic amines such as, for example, choline, morpholine and the like; As
  • the amine-based stripping solution may be an aqueous solution containing one or more of the amines exemplified above.
  • concentration of the amine in the aqueous solution may be appropriately set depending on the purpose, the composition of the photosensitive resin layer, the development conditions, and the like.
  • the amine-based stripping solution may further contain additives usually used for the stripping agent, for example, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a pH adjuster, a preservative, and an anti-redeposition agent.
  • the peeling step is performed at a temperature of, for example, 0 ° C. or more and 100 ° C. or less, preferably room temperature (23 ° C.) or more and 50 ° C. or less, for example, for 1 second or more and 1 hour or less, preferably 10 seconds or more and 10 minutes or less.
  • the substrate from which the resist pattern has been removed may be washed with pure water, for example.
  • the photosensitive resin laminate of the present embodiment includes a printed wiring board, a flexible substrate, a lead frame substrate, a touch panel substrate, a COF substrate, a semiconductor package substrate, a liquid crystal transparent electrode, a liquid crystal TFT wiring, a PDP electrode, and the like. It is a photosensitive resin laminate suitable for producing a conductor pattern.
  • the above-described various parameters are measured according to a measurement method in the examples described later or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto, unless otherwise specified.
  • the present embodiment will be described more specifically with reference to examples and comparative examples.
  • the present embodiment is not limited to the following examples unless departing from the gist thereof.
  • the physical properties in the examples were measured by the following methods. The method of measuring the physical properties of the polymer and the method of preparing the evaluation samples of the examples and comparative examples will be described. In addition, an evaluation method and an evaluation result of the obtained sample will be described.
  • the weight average molecular weight or number average molecular weight of the polymer is determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) manufactured by JASCO Corporation (pump: Gulliver, PU-1580 type, column: Shodex (registered trademark) manufactured by Showa Denko KK) KF-807, KF-806M, KF-806M, KF-802.5) 4 in series, moving bed solvent: tetrahydrofuran, polystyrene standard sample (use of calibration curve with Shodex STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko KK) It was determined in terms of polystyrene. Further, the degree of dispersion of the polymer was calculated as a ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).
  • the acid equivalent means the mass (gram) of a polymer having one equivalent of a carboxyl group in a molecule.
  • the acid equivalent was measured by a potentiometric titration method using a 0.1 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution.
  • the I / O value of the alkali-soluble polymer was derived by the following method.
  • Non-Patent Documents Organic Conceptual Diagram (Yoshio Koda, Sankyo Publishing (1984)); KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, Nos. 1, 1-16 (1954); Chemistry, Vol. 11, No. 10 , 719-725 (1957); Fragrance Journal, No. 34, 97-111 (1979); Fragrance Journal, No. 50, 79-82 (1981)
  • each comonomers calculates the I value and the O value, then give I average value and O average value by averaging the respective molar ratio of the comonomers of the IO values and O values. Then, the I / O value was derived by dividing the obtained I average value by the O average value.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the alkali-soluble polymer was determined by the Fox equation.
  • a non-patent document (Brandrup, J. Imergutt, EH, edited by Polymer Handbook, Third) is used as a glass transition temperature of a homopolymer composed of a comonomer that forms a corresponding alkali-soluble polymer. edition, John Wiley & sons, 1989, p. 209 Chapter VI "Glass transition tempera- tures of polymers").
  • Table 1 shows the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer composed of each comonomer used in the calculation in the examples.
  • the value determined by the following equation is the glass transition temperature of the alkali-soluble polymer.
  • W i is the solid weight of each of the alkali-soluble polymer
  • Tg i is the glass transition temperature determined by the Fox equation of each of the alkali-soluble polymer
  • W total is the total solid weight of the polymer
  • n is the number of types of alkali-soluble polymer contained in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the evaluation sample was produced as follows. ⁇ Preparation of photosensitive resin laminate> The components shown in Tables 1 to 3 below (however, the number of each component indicates the amount (parts by mass) as a solid content) and a solvent are sufficiently stirred and mixed to prepare a photosensitive resin composition preparation liquid. I got Table 3 shows details of the components shown in Tables 1 and 2.
  • a 16 ⁇ m-thick polyethylene terephthalate film (FB-40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was used as a support film, and the prepared solution was uniformly applied to the surface thereof using a bar coater. After drying for a minute, a photosensitive resin composition layer was formed. The dry thickness of the photosensitive resin composition layer was 30 ⁇ m.
  • a 19 ⁇ m-thick polyethylene film (manufactured by Tamapoly Corporation, GF-18) is laminated as a protective layer on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the side where the polyethylene terephthalate film is not laminated. A laminate was obtained.
  • the amounts of methoquinone and dibutylhydroxytoluene in Tables 1 and 2 mean the concentration of each component based on the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • a 0.4 mm thick copper-clad laminate obtained by laminating 35 ⁇ m rolled copper foil was jetted using a grinding agent (# 400, manufactured by Uji Denka Kogyo KK) at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa. After scrub polishing, the substrate surface was washed with a 10% by mass aqueous solution of H 2 SO 4 .
  • a direct drawing exposure machine (Nuvogo Fine 10, manufactured by Orbotech Co., Ltd., light source: 375 nm (30%) + 405 nm (70%)) was used on the evaluation substrate 2 hours after lamination using a 41-step stofer tablet. Exposure. The exposure was performed with an exposure amount such that the maximum number of remaining film steps was 14 when exposed and developed using the 41-step stofer step tablet as a mask.
  • the evaluation substrate 7 minutes after the exposure was heated by a hot roll laminator (AL-700, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation).
  • the roll temperature was 105 ° C.
  • the air pressure was 0.30 MPa
  • the laminating speed was 1 m / min. Note that if the time from exposure to development is increased, the effect of heating is lost, so that heating is usually performed for about 1 minute after exposure. For this reason, the heating after 7 minutes of exposure in this embodiment is a very severe condition.
  • ⁇ Development> After peeling off the polyethylene terephthalate film (support film), a 1% by mass aqueous solution of Na 2 CO 3 at 30 ° C. is sprayed for a predetermined time using an alkali developing machine (developing machine for dry film manufactured by Fuji Kiko Co., Ltd.). And developed. The time of the developing spray was twice the shortest developing time, and the time of the water spray after the developing was three times the shortest developing time. At this time, the shortest time required for the unexposed portion of the photosensitive resin layer to completely dissolve was defined as the shortest development time.
  • Sample evaluation method ⁇ Metoquinone amount> The amount of methoquinone in the photosensitive resin composition was determined by an internal standard method using gas chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GC) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
  • the detector was a flame ionization detector (hereinafter abbreviated as FID), and n-docosane was used as an internal standard.
  • FID flame ionization detector
  • the light transmittance at 375 nm and 405 nm of each resin composition was measured by the following method.
  • the transmittance at each wavelength of the photosensitive resin laminate from which the polyethylene film (protective layer) was removed was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-3010, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). At that time, measurement was performed by setting the photosensitive resin laminate so that transmitted light would pass in the thickness direction of the photosensitive resin laminate.
  • the time required for completely dissolving the unexposed portion of the photosensitive resin layer is the same as when developing without heating after exposure and when developing after heating 7 minutes after exposure.
  • the shortest development time which is a short time, was measured and ranked according to the following criteria. Good: There is no difference in the shortest development time between the case with heating after exposure and the case without heating after exposure. Possible: The shortest development time with heating after exposure is less than 1 second compared to the case without heating after exposure. : The shortest development time with heating after exposure was more than 1 second longer than without heating after exposure. Tables 1 and 2 show the results.
  • the heating conditions after exposure in this example are very strict conditions because heating is performed 7 minutes after exposure.
  • the adhesion was 13.8 ⁇ m. That is, in the composition of Comparative Example 1, no effect was observed by heating after 7 minutes of exposure, but in Example 3, the adhesion could be improved even under very severe conditions.
  • adhesion of 10.8 ⁇ m was obtained. As can be seen from the above results, even if the adhesion is good under the general heating conditions after exposure, the adhesion does not necessarily improve under the severe condition of heating 7 minutes after exposure.
  • the adhesion can be improved even under the severe post-exposure heating conditions for the first time. Therefore, when manufacturing a circuit board, good adhesion can be obtained even if the time from exposure to development becomes long, so that a high-definition circuit pattern can be stably formed.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention has good sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution when heated and developed after exposure, particularly when the time from exposure to development is long. Can also be used in a wide range of applications as a photosensitive resin composition to achieve good adhesion.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Wiring (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Circuit Boards (AREA)
  • Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
  • Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a photosensitive resin composition having excellent sensitivity, adhesiveness, line-width reproducibility and resolution when heated after exposure, and then developed. In particular, this composition exhibits excellent adhesiveness even if the length of time between exposure and development is long. According to one embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition includes: (A) an alkali-soluble polymer: 10 to 90 mass%; (B) a compound having an ethylenic unsaturated double bond: 5 to 70 mass%; (C) a photo polymerization initiator: 0.01 to 20 mass%; and (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor: 1 to 300 ppm. The light transmittance at 375 nm and/or 405 nm is 58 to 95%.

Description

感光性樹脂組成物及びレジストパターンの形成方法Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern

 本発明は感光性樹脂組成物及びレジストパターンの形成方法等に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a method for forming a resist pattern, and the like.

 パソコン、携帯電話等の電子機器には、部品、半導体等を実装するためにプリント配線板等が用いられる。プリント配線板等の製造用レジストとしては、従来、支持フィルム上に感光性樹脂層を積層し、更に該感光性樹脂層上に必要に応じて保護フィルムを積層して成る感光性樹脂積層体、いわゆるドライフィルムフォトレジスト(以下、DFと呼ぶこともある)が用いられている。感光性樹脂層としては、現在、現像液として弱アルカリ水溶液を用いるアルカリ現像型のものが一般的である。 電子 In electronic devices such as personal computers and mobile phones, printed wiring boards and the like are used to mount components, semiconductors, and the like. As a resist for manufacturing a printed wiring board or the like, conventionally, a photosensitive resin laminate obtained by laminating a photosensitive resin layer on a support film, and further laminating a protective film as necessary on the photosensitive resin layer, A so-called dry film photoresist (hereinafter sometimes referred to as DF) is used. At present, the photosensitive resin layer is generally of an alkali developing type using a weak alkaline aqueous solution as a developing solution.

 DFを用いてプリント配線板等を作製するには、例えば、以下の工程を経由する。DFが保護フィルムを有する場合には、まず保護フィルムを剥離する。その後、銅張積層板又はフレキシブル基板等の永久回路作製用基板上にラミネーター等を用いてDFをラミネートし、配線パターンマスクフィルム等を通して露光を行う。次に、必要に応じて支持フィルムを剥離し、現像液により未硬化部分(例えばネガ型では未露光部分)の感光性樹脂層を溶解又は分散除去し、基板上に硬化レジストパターン(以下、単にレジストパターンと呼ぶこともある)を形成させる。 In order to manufacture a printed wiring board or the like using DF, for example, the following steps are performed. When the DF has a protective film, the protective film is first peeled off. Thereafter, the DF is laminated on a substrate for producing a permanent circuit such as a copper-clad laminate or a flexible substrate using a laminator or the like, and is exposed through a wiring pattern mask film or the like. Next, if necessary, the support film is peeled off, and the photosensitive resin layer of an uncured portion (for example, an unexposed portion in a negative type) is dissolved or dispersed and removed with a developer, and a cured resist pattern (hereinafter, simply referred to as (Sometimes called a resist pattern).

 レジストパターン形成後、回路を形成させるプロセスは、大きく2つの方法に分かれる。第一の方法は、レジストパターンによって覆われていない基板面(例えば銅張積層板の銅面)をエッチング除去した後、レジストパターン部分を現像液よりも強いアルカリ水溶液で除去する方法(エッチング法)である。
 第二の方法は、上記基板面に、銅、半田、ニッケル、スズ等のメッキ処理を行った後、第一の方法と同様にしてレジストパターン部分を除去し、更に、現れた基板面(例えば銅張積層板の銅面)をエッチングする方法(メッキ法)である。エッチングには塩化第二銅、塩化第二鉄、銅アンモニア錯体溶液等が用いられる。
After the formation of the resist pattern, the process of forming a circuit is roughly divided into two methods. The first method is a method in which a substrate surface not covered with a resist pattern (for example, a copper surface of a copper-clad laminate) is removed by etching, and then the resist pattern portion is removed with an alkaline aqueous solution stronger than a developing solution (etching method). It is.
In a second method, after performing a plating treatment on the substrate surface with copper, solder, nickel, tin, or the like, the resist pattern portion is removed in the same manner as the first method, and further, a substrate surface (for example, This is a method (plating method) for etching the copper surface of the copper-clad laminate. For the etching, cupric chloride, ferric chloride, a copper-ammonia complex solution or the like is used.

 近年では、電子機器の小型化及び軽量化に伴い、プリント配線板の微細化及び高密度化が進んでおり、上記のような製造工程において高解像性、高密着性を与える高性能DFが求められている。このような高解像性を実現させるものとして、特許文献1には、特定の熱可塑性樹脂、モノマー、及び光重合性開始剤により解像性を高めた感光性樹脂組成物が記載されている。 In recent years, with the miniaturization and weight reduction of electronic devices, the fineness and density of printed wiring boards have been advanced, and high-performance DFs that provide high resolution and high adhesion in the above manufacturing process have been developed. It has been demanded. To realize such high resolution, Patent Document 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition in which the resolution is enhanced by a specific thermoplastic resin, a monomer, and a photopolymerizable initiator. .

特開2010-249884号公報JP 2010-249888 A

 露光工程の後、場合により、感光性樹脂層に対し加熱工程を行い、その後に現像を行うことがある。この加熱工程を実施することにより、解像性や密着性(すなわちレジストパターンと基板との密着性)の更なる向上が可能となる。しかしながら、露光後加熱工程を加えても、従来の感光性樹脂組成物では密着性及び解像性がなお不十分であったり、露光から現像までの時間が長くなると良好な密着性が得られないという課題があった。 (4) After the exposure step, a heating step may be performed on the photosensitive resin layer, followed by development, if necessary. By performing this heating step, it is possible to further improve resolution and adhesion (that is, adhesion between the resist pattern and the substrate). However, even if a post-exposure baking step is added, the conventional photosensitive resin composition still has insufficient adhesion and resolution, or does not provide good adhesion when the time from exposure to development is long. There was a problem that.

 本発明は、このような従来の実情に鑑みて提案されたものであり、本発明の一態様の目的は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの感度、密着性、線幅再現性、及び解像性が良好であり、特に露光から現像までの時間が長い場合にも良好な密着性を実現する感光性樹脂組成物を提供することにある。 The present invention has been proposed in view of such conventional circumstances, and an object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide sensitivity when heated and developed after exposure, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and It is an object of the present invention to provide a photosensitive resin composition which has good resolution and particularly achieves good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is long.

 本発明は以下の態様を包含する。
[1] (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子:10質量%~90質量%;
 (B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物:5質量%~70質量%;
 (C)光重合開始剤:0.01質量%~20質量%;及び
 (D)フェノール系重合禁止剤:1ppm~300ppm;
を含む感光性樹脂組成物であって、
 375nm及び405nmの少なくとも一方における光線透過率が58%~95%である、前記感光性樹脂組成物。
[2] 前記(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤としてメトキノンを含む、上記態様1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[3] 前記(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤としてジブチルヒドロキシトルエンを含む、上記態様1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[4] 前記ジブチルヒドロキシトルエンの含有量が、1~200ppmである、上記態様3に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[5] 前記ジブチルヒドロキシトルエンの含有量が、10~150ppmである、上記態様3に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[6] 前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のI/O値が0.600以下である、上記態様1~5のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[7] 前記(C)光重合開始剤は、アントラセン、ピラゾリン、トリフェニルアミン、クマリン、及びこれらの誘導体からなる群から選択される1つ以上を含む、上記態様1~6のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[8] 前記(C)光重合開始剤は、アントラセン及び/又はアントラセン誘導体を含む、上記態様7に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[9] 前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子中におけるスチレン及び/又はスチレン誘導体の構成単位が26質量%以上である、上記態様1~8のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[10] 前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子が、単量体成分としてベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの構成単位を含む、上記態様1~9のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[11] 前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のガラス転移温度が120℃以下である、上記態様1~10のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[12] 前記(B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物が、分子中にメタクリレート基を3つ以上有する化合物を、感光性樹脂組成物全体の固形分に対し5質量%以上の量で含有する、上記態様1~11のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[13] 中心波長390nm未満の第1のレーザー光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2のレーザー光とで露光樹脂硬化物を得るための、上記態様1~12のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[14] 前記第1のレーザー光の中心波長が350nm以上380nm以下であり、前記第2のレーザー光の中心波長が400nm以上410nm以下である、上記態様1~13のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[15] 以下の工程:
 感光性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程;
 露光された感光性樹脂組成物を加熱する加熱工程;及び
 加熱された感光性樹脂組成物を現像する現像工程;
によりパターン形成可能な、上記態様1~14のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[16] 前記加熱工程における加熱温度が30℃~150℃の範囲である、上記態様1~15のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[17] 前記加熱工程を、露光から15分以内に行う、上記態様1~16のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
[18] 以下の工程:
 上記態様1~17のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程;
 露光された感光性樹脂組成物を加熱する加熱工程;及び
 加熱された感光性樹脂組成物を現像する現像工程;
を含む、レジストパターンの形成方法。
[19] 前記加熱工程における加熱温度が30℃~150℃の範囲である、上記態様18に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。
[20] 前記加熱工程を、露光から15分以内に行う、上記態様18又は19に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。
[21] 前記露光工程を、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法、又はフォトマスクの像を、レンズを通して投影させる露光方法により行う、上記態様18~20のいずれかに記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。
[22] 前記露光工程を、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法により行う、上記態様21に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。
[23] 前記露光工程を、中心波長390nm未満の第1のレーザー光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2のレーザー光とで露光する方法により行う、上記態様22に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。
[24] 前記第1のレーザー光の中心波長が350nm以上380nm以下であり、前記第2のレーザー光の中心波長が400nm以上410nm以下である、上記態様23に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。
[25] 上記態様18~24のいずれかに記載の方法によって、基板上にレジストパターンを形成するレジストパターン形成工程;及び
 前記レジストパターンを有する基板に対してエッチング又はめっきを施すことにより回路基板を形成する回路基板形成工程;を含む、回路基板の製造方法。
The present invention includes the following embodiments.
[1] (A) Alkali-soluble polymer: 10% to 90% by mass;
(B) a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond: 5% by mass to 70% by mass;
(C) a photopolymerization initiator: 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass; and (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor: 1 ppm to 300 ppm;
A photosensitive resin composition containing
The above photosensitive resin composition, wherein the light transmittance at at least one of 375 nm and 405 nm is 58% to 95%.
[2] The photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 1, comprising (D) methoquinone as a phenolic polymerization inhibitor.
[3] The photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 1 or 2, further comprising (D) dibutylhydroxytoluene as a phenolic polymerization inhibitor.
[4] The photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 3, wherein the content of the dibutylhydroxytoluene is 1 to 200 ppm.
[5] The photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 3, wherein the content of the dibutylhydroxytoluene is from 10 to 150 ppm.
[6] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 5, wherein the (A) alkali-soluble polymer has an I / O value of 0.600 or less.
[7] The mode according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 6, wherein the photopolymerization initiator (C) includes at least one selected from the group consisting of anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof. Photosensitive resin composition.
[8] The photosensitive resin composition according to the above aspect 7, wherein the photopolymerization initiator (C) contains anthracene and / or an anthracene derivative.
[9] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of Aspects 1 to 8, wherein the constituent unit of (A) styrene and / or a styrene derivative in the alkali-soluble polymer is 26% by mass or more.
[10] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of Aspects 1 to 9, wherein (A) the alkali-soluble polymer contains a benzyl (meth) acrylate structural unit as a monomer component.
[11] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of Aspects 1 to 10, wherein the alkali-soluble polymer (A) has a glass transition temperature of 120 ° C. or lower.
[12] The compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is a compound having three or more methacrylate groups in a molecule in an amount of 5% by mass or more based on the solid content of the entire photosensitive resin composition. 12. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 11, comprising:
[13] The photosensitive resin according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 12, for obtaining an exposed resin cured product using a first laser beam having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second laser beam having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more. Composition.
[14] The photosensitive material according to any one of Aspects 1 to 13, wherein the center wavelength of the first laser light is 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, and the center wavelength of the second laser light is 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less. Resin composition.
[15] The following steps:
An exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition;
A heating step of heating the exposed photosensitive resin composition; and a developing step of developing the heated photosensitive resin composition;
15. The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 14, which can be formed into a pattern by the following.
[16] The photosensitive resin composition according to any of the above aspects 1 to 15, wherein the heating temperature in the heating step is in a range of 30 ° C to 150 ° C.
[17] The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of aspects 1 to 16, wherein the heating step is performed within 15 minutes after exposure.
[18] The following steps:
An exposing step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above aspects 1 to 17;
A heating step of heating the exposed photosensitive resin composition; and a developing step of developing the heated photosensitive resin composition;
A method for forming a resist pattern, comprising:
[19] The method for forming a resist pattern according to the above aspect 18, wherein a heating temperature in the heating step is in a range of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C.
[20] The method for forming a resist pattern according to the above aspect 18 or 19, wherein the heating step is performed within 15 minutes after exposure.
[21] The method of forming a resist pattern according to any of aspects 18 to 20, wherein the exposing step is performed by an exposing method by direct drawing of a drawing pattern or an exposing method of projecting an image of a photomask through a lens.
[22] The method for forming a resist pattern according to the above aspect 21, wherein the exposure step is performed by an exposure method based on direct writing of a writing pattern.
[23] The method of forming a resist pattern according to aspect 22, wherein the exposing step is performed by a method of exposing with a first laser beam having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second laser beam having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more.
[24] The method of forming a resist pattern according to the above aspect 23, wherein a center wavelength of the first laser light is 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, and a center wavelength of the second laser light is 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less.
[25] A resist pattern forming step of forming a resist pattern on a substrate by the method according to any of aspects 18 to 24; and etching or plating of the substrate having the resist pattern to form a circuit board. A circuit board forming step of forming a circuit board.

 本発明によれば、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの感度、密着性、線幅再現性、及び解像性が良好であり、特に露光から現像までの時間が長い場合にも良好な密着性を実現する感光性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, the sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution when heated and developed after exposure are good, and even when the time from exposure to development is long, good adhesion is obtained. The photosensitive resin composition which realizes the property can be provided.

 以下、本発明を実施するための例示の形態(以下、「実施形態」と略記する。)について詳細に説明する。尚、本発明は、以下の実施形態に限定されるものではなく、その要旨の範囲内で種々変形して実施することができる。また、本明細書における各種測定値については、特に断りのない限りにおいて、本開示の[実施例]の項に記載される方法又はこれと同等であることが当業者に理解される方法に準じて測定される。 Hereinafter, exemplary embodiments for implementing the present invention (hereinafter, abbreviated as “embodiments”) will be described in detail. The present invention is not limited to the embodiments described below, and can be implemented with various modifications within the scope of the gist. In addition, various measured values in the present specification are based on the method described in the section of [Examples] of the present disclosure or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto unless otherwise specified. Measured.

<感光性樹脂組成物>
 本実施形態では、感光性樹脂組成物が、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子、(B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物、(C)光重合開始剤、及び(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤を含む。また、本実施形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、任意の支持体に適用されることにより、感光性樹脂層を形成することができる。本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物の上記組成は、露光後、加熱してから現像して樹脂硬化物を得るのに有用であるものである。
<Photosensitive resin composition>
In this embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition comprises (A) an alkali-soluble polymer, (B) a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, and (D) a phenol-based polymerization inhibitor. Agent. In the present embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition can be applied to an arbitrary support to form a photosensitive resin layer. The above-described composition of the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is useful for obtaining a cured resin by heating and developing after exposure.

 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物は、中心波長390nm未満の第1の活性光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2の活性光とで露光して樹脂硬化物を得るための感光性樹脂組成物であることができる。活性光は例えばレーザー光である。この態様において、感光性樹脂組成物は、中心波長390nm未満の第1の活性光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2の活性光との両者に対する感光性を有する。第1の活性光の中心波長は、好ましくは350~380nm、より好ましくは355~375nmであり、特に好ましくは375nmである。第2の活性光の中心波長は、好ましくは400~410nm、より好ましくは402~408nmであり、特に好ましくは405nm(h線)である。
 以下、感光性樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分について説明する。
The photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is a photosensitive resin composition for obtaining a cured resin by exposing with a first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more. Can be The activation light is, for example, laser light. In this embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition has photosensitivity to both the first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and the second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more. The central wavelength of the first active light is preferably 350 to 380 nm, more preferably 355 to 375 nm, and particularly preferably 375 nm. The center wavelength of the second active light is preferably 400 to 410 nm, more preferably 402 to 408 nm, and particularly preferably 405 nm (h-line).
Hereinafter, each component contained in the photosensitive resin composition will be described.

(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子
 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子は、アルカリ物質に溶解可能な高分子である。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子は、アルカリ現像性の観点から、カルボキシル基を有することが好ましく、そしてカルボキシル基含有モノマーを共重合成分として含む共重合体であることが更に好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子は熱可塑性でもよい。
(A) Alkali-soluble polymer (A) The alkali-soluble polymer is a polymer that can be dissolved in an alkali substance. (A) The alkali-soluble polymer preferably has a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of alkali developability, and is more preferably a copolymer containing a carboxyl group-containing monomer as a copolymer component. (A) The alkali-soluble polymer may be thermoplastic.

 感光性樹脂組成物は、レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点から、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子として、芳香族基を有するコポリマーを含むことが好ましい。感光性樹脂組成物は、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子として、側鎖に芳香族基を有するコポリマーを含むことが特に好ましい。このような芳香族基としては、例えば、置換又は非置換のフェニル基や、置換又は非置換のアラルキル基が挙げられる。芳香族基を有するコポリマーが、(A)成分中に占める割合は、好ましくは30質量%以上、より好ましくは40質量%以上、より好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは70質量%以上、更に好ましくは80質量%以上である。上記割合は、100質量%であってもよいが、良好なアルカリ可溶性を維持する観点では、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以下、更に好ましくは85質量%であってよい。 (4) The photosensitive resin composition preferably contains (A) a copolymer having an aromatic group as the alkali-soluble polymer, from the viewpoints of high resolution of the resist pattern and sushi shape. It is particularly preferable that the photosensitive resin composition contains (A) a copolymer having an aromatic group in a side chain as the alkali-soluble polymer. Examples of such an aromatic group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. The proportion of the copolymer having an aromatic group in the component (A) is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more. It is preferably at least 80% by mass. The above ratio may be 100% by mass, but from the viewpoint of maintaining good alkali solubility, it is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and even more preferably 85% by mass.

 レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点から、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子における、芳香族基を有するコモノマーの共重合比率は、好ましくは40質量%以上、好ましくは50質量%以上、好ましくは60質量%以上、好ましくは70質量%以上、好ましくは80質量%以上である。共重合比率の上限は、特に制限されないが、良好なアルカリ可溶性を維持する観点から、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以下である。 From the viewpoint of the high resolution of the resist pattern and the suseo shape, the copolymerization ratio of the comonomer having an aromatic group in the alkali-soluble polymer (A) is preferably 40% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably Is 60% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, and preferably 80% by mass or more. The upper limit of the copolymerization ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining good alkali solubility.

 前記の芳香族基を有するコモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、重合可能なスチレン誘導体(例えば、メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブトキシスチレン、アセトキシスチレン、4-ビニル安息香酸、スチレンダイマー、スチレントリマー等)、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、等が挙げられる。中でも、スチレン、及びスチレン誘導体がより好ましい。 Examples of the comonomer having an aromatic group include styrene and polymerizable styrene derivatives (eg, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxystyrene, acetoxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer, styrene trimer, etc.). And a monomer having an aralkyl group. Among them, styrene and styrene derivatives are more preferred.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子全体におけるスチレン及び/又はスチレン誘導体の構成単位の、これら合計での比率は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を得ることができる観点から、好ましくは15質量%以上、より好ましくは25質量%以上、より好ましくは26質量%以上、より好ましくは30質量%以上、より好ましくは35質量%以上、より好ましくは40質量%以上である。スチレン骨格は疎水性であるため現像液に対する膨潤性を抑制でき、良好な密着性を発現可能である。ただし、スチレン骨格の含有量が多い場合、ポリマーのモビリティが低く反応性が低くなる傾向があり、これにより密着性が低くなる傾向がある。また、露光から現像までの時間が長くなると系内のラジカルが失活していくため、露光後の加熱による密着性向上効果は低くなる。本発明においては、露光後に加熱してから現像することにより、スチレン骨格の含有量が多い系であっても加熱によりポリマーのモビリティが向上し、スチレン骨格の疎水性と炭素-炭素二重結合の反応性を高度に両立することができ、その結果、良好な密着性を実現できると考えられる。またこれにより、露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を得ることができると考えられる。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子全体におけるスチレン及び/又はスチレン誘導体の構成単位の、これら合計での比率は、他の構成単位の存在による利点を良好に得る観点から、好ましくは90質量%以下、より好ましくは80質量%以下、更に好ましくは70質量%以下であってよい。 (A) The ratio of the total of the constituent units of styrene and / or styrene derivative in the entire alkali-soluble polymer can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly from exposure to exposure. From the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion even when the time until development is long, preferably 15% by mass or more, more preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 26% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more. % By mass, more preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more. Since the styrene skeleton is hydrophobic, the swelling property with respect to a developer can be suppressed, and good adhesion can be exhibited. However, when the content of the styrene skeleton is large, the mobility of the polymer tends to be low and the reactivity tends to be low, whereby the adhesion tends to be low. Further, as the time from exposure to development becomes longer, radicals in the system are deactivated, and the effect of improving the adhesion by heating after exposure is reduced. In the present invention, by heating after exposure and then developing, even in a system having a high styrene skeleton content, the mobility of the polymer is improved by heating, and the hydrophobicity of the styrene skeleton and the carbon-carbon double bond It is considered that reactivity can be highly compatible, and as a result, good adhesion can be realized. It is also believed that good adhesion can be obtained even when the time from exposure to development becomes longer. (A) The total ratio of the constituent units of styrene and / or styrene derivative in the whole alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 90% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of favorably obtaining the advantage of the presence of other constituent units. Preferably it is 80 mass% or less, more preferably 70 mass% or less.

 アラルキル基を有するコモノマーとしては、置換又は非置換のベンジル基を有するモノマー、置換又は非置換のフェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)を有するモノマー等が挙げられ、置換又は非置換のベンジル基を有するモノマーが好ましい。 Examples of the comonomer having an aralkyl group include a monomer having a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group and a monomer having a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group), and having a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group. Monomers are preferred.

 ベンジル基を有するコモノマーとしては、ベンジル基を有する(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、クロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等;ベンジル基を有するビニルモノマー、例えば、ビニルベンジルクロライド、ビニルベンジルアルコール等が挙げられる。 Examples of the comonomer having a benzyl group include (meth) acrylates having a benzyl group, such as benzyl (meth) acrylate and chlorobenzyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, such as vinyl benzyl chloride and vinyl benzyl alcohol Is mentioned.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、単量体成分としてベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの構成単位を含むことが好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子中の、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの構成単位の比率は、好ましくは5~85質量%、より好ましくは10~80質量%、より好ましくは15~60質量%、より好ましくは20~40質量%更に好ましくは20~30質量%である。また、同様の観点から、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子はスチレン及び/又はスチレン誘導体の構成単位と、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの構成単位の両方を有することが好ましい。 (A) The alkali-soluble polymer can significantly improve the adhesion when heated and developed after exposure, and achieves good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to include a structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate as a monomer component. (A) The ratio of the structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate in the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 5 to 85% by mass, more preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 60% by mass, and more preferably Is 20 to 40% by mass, more preferably 20 to 30% by mass. From the same viewpoint, it is preferable that the alkali-soluble polymer (A) has both a structural unit of styrene and / or a styrene derivative and a structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate.

 フェニルアルキル基(ベンジル基を除く)を有するコモノマーとしては、フェニルエチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the comonomer having a phenylalkyl group (excluding a benzyl group) include phenylethyl (meth) acrylate.

 側鎖に芳香族基(好ましくはベンジル基)を有するコポリマーは、(i)芳香族基を有するモノマーと、(ii)後述する第一のモノマーの少なくとも1種及び/又は後述する第二のモノマーの少なくとも1種と、を重合することにより得られることが好ましい。 The copolymer having an aromatic group (preferably a benzyl group) in the side chain includes (i) a monomer having an aromatic group, and (ii) at least one kind of a first monomer described below and / or a second monomer described below. Is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the above.

 側鎖に芳香族基を有するコポリマー以外の(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子は、後述する第一のモノマーの少なくとも1種を重合することにより得られることが好ましく、後述する第一のモノマーの少なくとも1種と後述する第二のモノマーの少なくとも1種とを共重合することにより得られることがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble polymer (A) other than the copolymer having an aromatic group in the side chain is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one kind of a first monomer described later, and is preferably obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later. More preferably, it is obtained by copolymerizing the species with at least one of the second monomers described below.

 第一のモノマーは、分子中にカルボキシル基を有するモノマーである。第一のモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、フマル酸、ケイ皮酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、4-ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイン酸半エステル等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸を意味し、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を意味し、そして「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、「アクリレート」又は「メタクリレート」を意味する。
The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid half ester. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is preferred.
In this specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” means acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, “(meth) acryloyl group” means acryloyl group or methacryloyl group, and “(meth) acrylate "" Means "acrylate" or "methacrylate".

 第一のモノマーの少なくとも1種を重合することにより得られるポリマーの全モノマー成分の合計質量を基準として、第一のモノマーの共重合割合は、10~50質量%であることが好ましい。該共重合割合は、良好な現像性を発現させる観点、エッジフューズ性を制御するなどの観点から、好ましくは10質量%以上である。該共重合割合は、レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点から、更にはレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から、好ましくは50質量%以下、より好ましくは30質量%以下、更に好ましくは25質量%以下、特に好ましくは22質量%以下、最も好ましくは20質量%以下である。 The copolymerization ratio of the first monomer is preferably from 10 to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of all monomer components of the polymer obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers. The copolymerization ratio is preferably 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of developing good developability and controlling the edge fusing property. The copolymerization ratio is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 30% by mass or less, from the viewpoints of high resolution and swelling shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the resist pattern. It is at most 25% by mass, particularly preferably at most 22% by mass, most preferably at most 20% by mass.

 第二のモノマーは、非酸性であり、かつ分子中に重合性不飽和基を少なくとも1個有するモノマーである。第二のモノマーとしては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート類;酢酸ビニル等のビニルアルコールのエステル類;並びに(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。中でも、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、及びn-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 The second monomer is a monomer that is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, and tert. (Meth) acrylates such as -butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate and 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate; vinyl acetate and the like Esters of vinyl alcohol; and (meth) acrylonitrile. Among them, methyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, and n-butyl (meth) acrylate are preferable.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子は、上記で説明された単数又は複数のモノマーを既知の重合法、好ましくは付加重合、より好ましくはラジカル重合により重合させることにより調製されることができる。
 モノマーが、アラルキル基を有するモノマー、及び/又はスチレンを含有することは、レジストパターンの耐薬品性、密着性、高解像性、又はスソ形状の観点から好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子としては、メタクリル酸とベンジルメタクリレートとスチレンとからなる共重合体、メタクリル酸とメチルメタクリレートとベンジルメタクリレートとスチレンとからなる共重合体、等が特に好ましい。
(A) The alkali-soluble polymer can be prepared by polymerizing one or more monomers described above by a known polymerization method, preferably by addition polymerization, more preferably by radical polymerization.
It is preferable that the monomer contains a monomer having an aralkyl group and / or styrene from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, adhesion, high resolution, and swell shape of the resist pattern. (A) As the alkali-soluble polymer, a copolymer composed of methacrylic acid, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, a copolymer composed of methacrylic acid, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate and styrene, and the like are particularly preferable.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のI/O値は、好ましくは0.600以下である。I/O値は、(無機性値)/(有機性値)の比率を表し、各種有機化合物の極性を有機概念図に基づいて評価する値であり、化合物中の官能基の各々にパラメータを設定する官能基寄与法の一つである。I/O値については、例えば、非特許文献(有機概念図(甲田善生著、三共出版(1984));KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN,第1号、第1~16項(1954年);化学の領域、第11巻、第10号、719~725項(1957年);フレグランスジャーナル、第34号、第97~111項(1979年);フレグランスジャーナル、第50号、第79~82項(1981年));等の文献に詳細に説明されている。I/O値の概念は、化合物の性質を、共有結合性を表す有機性基と、イオン結合性を表す無機性基とに分け、すべての有機化合物を、有機軸及び無機軸とそれぞれ名付けた直交軸に対する座標上の点として位置づけて示すものである。前記I/O値は、0に近いほど非極性の(すなわち、疎水性の、又は有機性の大きな)有機化合物であることを示し、大きいほど極性の(すなわち、親水性の、又は無機性の大きな)有機化合物であることを示す。 (A) The I / O value of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 0.600 or less. The I / O value represents a ratio of (inorganic value) / (organic value), and is a value for evaluating the polarity of various organic compounds based on an organic conceptual diagram. A parameter is assigned to each of the functional groups in the compound. This is one of the functional group contribution methods to be set. Regarding the I / O value, for example, Non-Patent Documents (Organic Conceptual Diagram (by Yoshio Koda, Sankyo Publishing (1984)); KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, No. 1, Paragraphs 1 to 16 (1954); Vol. 11, No. 10, pp. 719-725 (1957); Fragrance Journal, No. 34, No. 97-111 (1979); Fragrance Journal, No. 50, No. 79-82 (1981) ); And the like. The concept of the I / O value divides the properties of the compound into an organic group representing a covalent bond and an inorganic group representing an ionic bond, and all organic compounds are named as an organic axis and an inorganic axis, respectively. It is shown as a point on the coordinates with respect to the orthogonal axis. The I / O value closer to 0 indicates a non-polar (ie, hydrophobic or organic) organic compound, and a larger I / O value indicates a more polar (ie, hydrophilic or inorganic) compound. Large) organic compound.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のI/O値は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときのレジストパターンの密着性及び解像性の観点から、好ましくは0.600以下、より好ましくは0.570以下、更に好ましくは0.520以下であり、特に好ましくは0.490以下であり、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの解像性および剥離性の観点から、好ましくは0.300以上、より好ましくは0.400以上、更に好ましくは0.450以上である。 (A) The I / O value of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 0.600 or less, more preferably 0.570, from the viewpoint of the adhesion and resolution of the resist pattern when heated and developed after exposure. Hereinafter, more preferably 0.520 or less, particularly preferably 0.490 or less, from the viewpoint of resolution and peelability when heated and developed after exposure, preferably 0.300 or more, more preferably Preferably it is 0.400 or more, more preferably 0.450 or more.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のガラス転移温度は、Fox式によって求めた値((A)アルカリ可溶性高分子が複数種のポリマーを含む場合には、その混合物全体についてのガラス転移温度Tg、すなわち、ガラス転移温度の重量平均値Tgtotal)は、レジストパターンの耐薬品性、密着性、高解像性、又はスソ形状の観点から、130℃以下であることが好ましく、120℃以下、110℃以下、100℃以下、95℃以下、90℃以下、又は80℃以下であることがより好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のガラス転移温度(Tg)の下限値は、限定されないが、エッジフューズ性を制御する観点から、好ましくは30℃以上、より好ましくは50℃以上、更に好ましくは60℃以上である。なお、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子を構成する1種又は複数種のモノマーの各々と同じモノマーから成るホモポリマーのガラス転移温度としては、非特許文献(Brandrup,J. Immergut, E. H.編集「Polymer handbook, Third edition, John wiley & sons, 1989, p.209 Chapter VI 『Glass transition temperatures of polymers』」)に示される値を使用するものとする。 (A) The glass transition temperature of the alkali-soluble polymer is a value determined by the Fox equation ((A) When the alkali-soluble polymer contains a plurality of types of polymers, the glass transition temperature Tg of the entire mixture thereof, that is, The weight average value (Tg total ) of the glass transition temperature is preferably 130 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 120 ° C. or lower and 110 ° C. or lower, from the viewpoints of chemical resistance, adhesion, high resolution, and swelling shape of the resist pattern. , 100 ° C or less, 95 ° C or less, 90 ° C or less, or 80 ° C or less. (A) The lower limit of the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the alkali-soluble polymer is not limited, but is preferably 30 ° C. or higher, more preferably 50 ° C. or higher, and still more preferably 60 ° C., from the viewpoint of controlling the edge fusing property. That is all. The glass transition temperature of (A) a homopolymer composed of the same monomer as one or more of the monomers constituting the alkali-soluble polymer is disclosed in Non-patent Document (Brandrup, J. Imergutt, EH Edit. "Polymer handbook, Third edition, John Wiley & sons, 1989, p. 209 Chapter VI" Glass transition temperatures of polymers ").

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の酸当量((A)成分が複数種のコポリマーを含む場合には、その混合物全体についての酸当量)は、感光性樹脂層の耐現像性、並びにレジストパターンの解像性及び密着性の観点から100以上であることが好ましく、感光性樹脂層の現像性及び剥離性の観点から600以下であることが好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の酸当量は、200~500であることがより好ましく、250~450であることが更に好ましい。 (A) The acid equivalent of the alkali-soluble polymer (if the component (A) contains a plurality of copolymers, the acid equivalent of the entire mixture) is determined by the development resistance of the photosensitive resin layer and the resolution of the resist pattern. It is preferably 100 or more from the viewpoints of imageability and adhesion, and preferably 600 or less from the viewpoints of developability and peelability of the photosensitive resin layer. (A) The acid equivalent of the alkali-soluble polymer is more preferably from 200 to 500, further preferably from 250 to 450.

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の重量平均分子量((A)成分が複数種のコポリマーを含む場合には、その混合物全体についての重量平均分子量)は、5,000~500,000であることが好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の重量平均分子量は、ドライフィルムレジストの厚みを均一に維持し、現像液に対する耐性を得るという観点から、5,000以上であることが好ましく、ドライフィルムレジストの現像性を維持するという観点、レジストパターンの高解像性及びスソ形状の観点、更にはレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から、500,000以下であることが好ましい。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の重量平均分子量は、より好ましくは10,000~200,000、更に好ましくは20,000~100,000、特に好ましくは30,000~70,000である。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の分子量の分散度は、1.0~6.0であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1.0~4.0、より好ましくは1.0~3.0である。 (A) The weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer (when the component (A) contains a plurality of copolymers, the weight average molecular weight of the entire mixture) is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. . (A) The weight-average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 5,000 or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the thickness of the dry film resist uniform and obtaining resistance to a developing solution. It is preferably 500,000 or less from the viewpoints of maintaining the resist pattern, the high resolution of the resist pattern and the lithography shape, and further, the chemical resistance of the resist pattern. (A) The weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer is more preferably 10,000 to 200,000, further preferably 20,000 to 100,000, and particularly preferably 30,000 to 70,000. (A) The degree of dispersion of the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and even more preferably from 1.0 to 3.0. .

 感光性樹脂組成物中の(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の固形分総量を基準として(以下、特に明示しない限り、各含有成分において同様である)、10質量%~90質量%、好ましくは20質量%~80質量%、更に好ましくは40質量%~60質量%の範囲内である。(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子の含有量は、感光性樹脂層のアルカリ現像性を維持するという観点から10質量%以上であることが好ましく、露光によって形成されるレジストパターンがレジスト材料としての性能を十分に発揮するという観点、レジストパターンの高解像性及びレジストパターンのスソ形状の観点、更にはレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から90質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以下であることがより好ましく、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the (A) alkali-soluble polymer in the photosensitive resin composition is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition (hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the same applies to each component), 10 mass % To 90% by mass, preferably 20% to 80% by mass, more preferably 40% to 60% by mass. (A) The content of the alkali-soluble polymer is preferably 10% by mass or more from the viewpoint of maintaining the alkali developability of the photosensitive resin layer, and the resist pattern formed by light exposure has a performance as a resist material. It is preferably 90% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of exerting the effect sufficiently, the high resolution of the resist pattern and the swelling shape of the resist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the resist pattern. Is more preferably 70% by mass or less, further preferably 60% by mass or less.

(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物
 (B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、その構造中にエチレン性不飽和結合(すなわち二重結合)を有することによって重合性を有する化合物である。エチレン性不飽和結合は、より好ましくはメタクリロイル基に由来する。密着性の観点、及び現像液発泡性抑制の観点から、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物は、炭素数3以上のアルキレンオキシド構造を有することが好ましい。アルキレンオキシド構造の炭素数は、より好ましくは3~6、更に好ましくは3~4である。
(B) Compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (B) The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is a compound having a polymerizable property by having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (that is, a double bond) in its structure. . The ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferably derived from a methacryloyl group. From the viewpoints of adhesion and suppression of developer foamability, the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond preferably has an alkylene oxide structure having 3 or more carbon atoms. The alkylene oxide structure preferably has 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 4 carbon atoms.

 エチレン性不飽和結合としての(メタ)アクリロイル基を1個有する(B)化合物としては、例えば、ポリアルキレンオキシドの片方の末端に(メタ)アクリル酸を付加した化合物、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシドの片方の末端に(メタ)アクリル酸を付加し、他方の末端をアルキルエーテル化若しくはアリルエーテル化した化合物、フタル酸系化合物等を挙げることができ、剥離性や硬化膜柔軟性の観点で好ましい。 Examples of the (B) compound having one (meth) acryloyl group as an ethylenically unsaturated bond include, for example, a compound in which (meth) acrylic acid is added to one end of a polyalkylene oxide or one of a polyalkylene oxide (Meth) acrylic acid is added to the terminal of the compound, and the other terminal is alkyl-etherified or allyl-etherified, or a phthalic acid-based compound, which is preferable from the viewpoint of peelability and flexibility of the cured film.

 このような化合物としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコールをフェニル基に付加した化合物の(メタ)アクリレートであるフェノキシヘキサエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、平均2モルのプロピレンオキサイドを付加したポリプロピレングリコールと、平均7モルのエチレンオキサイドを付加したポリエチレングリコールと、をノニルフェノールに付加した化合物の(メタ)アクリレートである4-ノルマルノニルフェノキシヘプタエチレングリコールジプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、平均1モルのプロピレンオキサイドを付加したポリプロピレングリコールと、平均5モルのエチレンオキサイドを付加したポリエチレングリコールと、をノニルフェノールに付加した化合物の(メタ)アクリレートである4-ノルマルノニルフェノキシペンタエチレングリコールモノプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、平均8モルのエチレンオキサイドを付加したポリエチレングリコールをノニルフェノールに付加した化合物のアクリレートである4-ノルマルノニルフェノキシオクタエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート(例えば東亞合成(株)製、M-114)等が挙げられる。
 また、γ-クロロ-β-ヒドロキシプロピル-β'-メタクリロイルオキシエチル-о-フタレートを含むと、上記観点に加えて、感度、解像性、密着性の観点でも好ましい。
Examples of such a compound include phenoxyhexaethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, which is a (meth) acrylate of a compound in which polyethylene glycol is added to a phenyl group, polypropylene glycol to which an average of 2 mol of propylene oxide is added, Mole of polyethylene glycol to which ethylene oxide has been added, and 4-normal-nonylphenoxyheptaethylene glycol dipropylene glycol (meth) acrylate which is a (meth) acrylate of a compound having nonylphenol added thereto, and polypropylene having an average of 1 mole of propylene oxide added. (Meth) acrylate, which is a compound obtained by adding glycol and polyethylene glycol having an average of 5 moles of ethylene oxide added to nonylphenol. Normal nonyl phenoxy pentaethylene glycol monopropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, 4-normal nonyl phenoxy octa ethylene glycol (meth) acrylate which is an acrylate of a compound obtained by adding polyethylene glycol having an average of 8 moles of ethylene oxide to nonyl phenol (eg, Toa) M-114, manufactured by Synthetic Co., Ltd.).
Further, when γ-chloro-β-hydroxypropyl-β′-methacryloyloxyethyl-о-phthalate is contained, it is preferable from the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution and adhesion in addition to the above viewpoints.

 分子内に(メタ)アクリロイル基を2個有する化合物としては、例えば、アルキレンオキシド鎖の両末端に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物、又はエチレンオキシド鎖とプロピレンオキシド鎖とがランダム若しくはブロックで結合したアルキレンオキシド鎖の両末端に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound having two (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule include a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group at both ends of an alkylene oxide chain, or an alkylene in which an ethylene oxide chain and a propylene oxide chain are bonded randomly or in a block. Compounds having (meth) acryloyl groups at both ends of the oxide chain can be exemplified.

 このような化合物としては、例えば、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘプタエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、オクタエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ノナエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、デカエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、12モルのエチレンオキシド鎖の両末端に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物等のポリエチレングリコ-ル(メタ)アクリレ-ト等の他、ポリプロピレングリコ-ルジ(メタ)アクリレ-ト、ポリブチレングリコ-ルジ(メタ)アクリレ-ト等を挙げることができる。化合物中にエチレンオキシド基とプロピレンオキシド基とを含むポリアルキレンオキシドジ(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、例えば、平均12モルのプロピレンオキシドを付加したポリプロピレングリコールの両末端にそれぞれ平均3モルのエチレンオキシドを更に付加したグリコールのジメタクリレート、平均18モルのプロピレンオキシドを付加したポリプロピレングリコールの両末端にそれぞれ平均15モルのエチレンオキシドを更に付加したグリコールのジメタクリレート、FA-023M、FA-024M、FA-027M(製品名、日立化成工業製)等が挙げられる。これらは柔軟性、解像性、密着性等の観点で好ましい。 Examples of such a compound include tetraethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, hexaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, heptaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and octaethylene glycol di ( Polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, nonaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, decaethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and compounds having (meth) acryloyl groups at both ends of a 12-mol ethylene oxide chain And polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polybutylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and the like. As the polyalkylene oxide di (meth) acrylate compound containing an ethylene oxide group and a propylene oxide group in the compound, for example, an average of 3 mol of ethylene oxide is further added to both ends of polypropylene glycol having an average of 12 mol of propylene oxide. Dimethacrylate of glycol, and dimethacrylate of glycol in which an average of 15 moles of ethylene oxide is further added to both ends of polypropylene glycol having an average of 18 moles of propylene oxide added, FA-023M, FA-024M, FA-027M (product name) And Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). These are preferred from the viewpoint of flexibility, resolution, adhesion and the like.

 分子内に(メタ)アクリロイル基を2個有する化合物の別の例として、ビスフェノールAをアルキレンオキシド変性することにより両末端に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有している化合物が、解像性及び密着性の観点では好ましい。
具体的には下記一般式(I):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
{式中、R1及びR2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、AはCであり、BはCであり、n1及びn3は各々独立に0~39の整数であり、かつn1+n3は0~40の整数であり、n2及びn4は各々独立に0~29の整数であり、かつn2+n4は0~30の整数であり、-(A-O)-及び-(B-O)-の繰り返し単位の配列は、ランダムであってもブロックであってもよい。そして、ブロックの場合、-(A-O)-と-(B-O)-とのいずれがビスフェニル基側でもよい。}で表される化合物を使用することができる。
 例えば、ビスフェノ-ルAの両端にそれぞれ平均5モルずつのエチレンオキサイドを付加したポリエチレングリコ-ルのジメタクリレ-ト、ビスフェノ-ルAの両端にそれぞれ平均2モルずつのエチレンオキサイドを付加したポリエチレングリコ-ルのジメタクリレ-ト、ビスフェノ-ルAの両端にそれぞれ平均1モルずつのエチレンオキサイドを付加したポリエチレングリコ-ルのジメタクリレ-トが、解像性、密着性の点で好ましい。
 また、上記一般式(I)中の芳香環が、ヘテロ原子及び/又は置換基を有する化合物を用いてもよい。 As another example of a compound having two (meth) acryloyl groups in a molecule, a compound having (meth) acryloyl groups at both terminals by modifying bisphenol A with an alkylene oxide has improved resolution and adhesion. It is preferable from the viewpoint of.
Specifically, the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is C 2 H 4 , B is C 3 H 6 , and n1 and n3 each independently represent 0 to An integer of 39, n1 + n3 is an integer of 0 to 40, n2 and n4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 29, and n2 + n4 is an integer of 0 to 30,-(A-0)- And the sequence of-(BO)-repeating units may be random or block. In the case of a block, either-(A-0)-or-(BO)-may be on the bisphenyl group side. Compounds represented by} can be used.
For example, dimethacrylate of polyethylene glycol having an average of 5 moles of ethylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A, and polyethylene glycol having an average of 2 moles of ethylene oxide added to both ends of bisphenol A Polymethacrylate dimethacrylate in which an average of 1 mole of ethylene oxide is added to both ends of dimethacrylate and bisphenol A, respectively, is preferred in terms of resolution and adhesion.
Further, a compound in which the aromatic ring in the general formula (I) has a hetero atom and / or a substituent may be used.

 ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられ、そして置換基としては、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~18のアリール基、フェナシル基、アミノ基、炭素数1~10のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数2~20のジアルキルアミノ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルボニル基、メルカプト基、炭素数1~10のアルキルメルカプト基、アリール基、水酸基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、カルボキシル基、アルキル基の炭素数が1~10のカルボキシアルキル基、アルキル基の炭素数が1~10のアシル基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素数2~10のアルキルカルボニル基、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、炭素数2~10のN-アルキルカルバモイル基若しくは複素環を含む基、又はこれらの置換基で置換されたアリール基等が挙げられる。これらの置換基は縮合環を形成しているか、又はこれらの置換基中の水素原子がハロゲン原子等のヘテロ原子に置換されていてもよい。一般式(I)中の芳香環が複数の置換基を有する場合には、複数の置換基は同一であるか、又は異なっていてよい。 Examples of the hetero atom include a halogen atom and the like, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and a phenacyl group. , Amino group, alkylamino group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, dialkylamino group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, nitro group, cyano group, carbonyl group, mercapto group, alkylmercapto group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, aryl group, hydroxyl group A hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a carboxyalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, an acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, An alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, 2 to 10 carbon atoms N- alkylcarbamoyl group or a group containing a heterocyclic ring, or an aryl group substituted by these substituents. These substituents may form a condensed ring, or a hydrogen atom in these substituents may be substituted with a hetero atom such as a halogen atom. When the aromatic ring in the general formula (I) has a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.

 (B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物として、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を3個以上有する(すなわち3官能以上の)(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を得ることができる観点から好ましい。同様の観点から、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を4個以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことがより好ましく、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を5個以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが更に好ましく、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を6個以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。また、同様の観点から、これらはメタクリレート化合物であることが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和二重結合を3個以上、4個以上、5個以上、6個以上有するような化合物は、露光による重合時に架橋密度をアップさせる効果があることが考えられるが、官能基数が多いことによる立体障害の影響で、所望の架橋密度が得られないことが多い。本発明においては、好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を3個以上有する化合物、より好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を4個以上有する化合物、更に好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を5個以上有する化合物、特に好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を6個以上有する化合物を用い、露光後に加熱処理も行って系内のモビリティを向上させることにより、官能基数が多くても立体障害の影響を低減させ、高い密着性を得ることができることを見出した。好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を3個以上有する化合物、より好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を4個以上有する化合物、更に好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を5個以上有する化合物、特に好ましくはエチレン性不飽和二重結合を6個以上有する化合物の含有量としては、前記感光性樹脂組成物の固形分に対して3質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。また、含有量の上限値としては、露光後の加熱処理の効果を発現させる観点から、30質量%以下が好ましく、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましく、15質量%以下が特に好ましい。 (B) As a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds (that is, trifunctional or more) may be contained after heating after exposure. Adhesion at the time of development can be remarkably improved, and it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint that good adhesion can be obtained even when the time from exposure to development becomes long. From the same viewpoint, it is more preferable to include a (meth) acrylate compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, and to include a (meth) acrylate compound having five or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. More preferably, it is particularly preferable to include a (meth) acrylate compound having 6 or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds. From the same viewpoint, these are preferably methacrylate compounds. Compounds having 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, and 6 or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds are considered to have an effect of increasing the crosslink density at the time of polymerization by exposure, but the number of functional groups is In many cases, a desired crosslink density cannot be obtained due to steric hindrance due to the large number. In the present invention, a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is preferable, a compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is more preferable, and a compound having five or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is more preferable. Compounds having at least six ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, particularly preferably a compound having at least six ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, and performing heat treatment after exposure to improve the mobility in the system, so that steric hindrance may occur even if the number of functional groups is large. It has been found that the influence can be reduced and high adhesion can be obtained. Preferably a compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, more preferably a compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, even more preferably a compound having five or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, Particularly preferably, the content of the compound having 6 or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, based on the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. It is more preferably at least 10 mass%, particularly preferably at least 10 mass%. In addition, the upper limit of the content is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, and further preferably 15% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of exhibiting the effect of the heat treatment after exposure. Is particularly preferred.

 (b1)エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては:
 トリ(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、エトキシ化グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化イソシアヌル酸トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、及びトリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、柔軟性、密着性、及びブリードアウト抑制の観点での好適例として、トリメチロールプロパンに平均21モルのエチレンオキサイドを付加したトリ(メタ)アクリレート、及び、トリメチロールプロパンに平均30モルのエチレンオキサイドを付加したトリ(メタ)アクリレート)等;
 テトラ(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート等;
 ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート等;
 ヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、テトラ、ペンタ又はヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。
(B1) Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds include:
Tri (meth) acrylates, such as ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate (eg, flexible, As preferable examples from the viewpoint of adhesion and bleed-out suppression, tri (meth) acrylate obtained by adding an average of 21 mol of ethylene oxide to trimethylolpropane, and trimethyl acrylate obtained by adding an average of 30 mol of ethylene oxide to trimethylolpropane (Meth) acrylate) and the like;
Tetra (meth) acrylate, for example, ditrimethylolpropanetetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, and the like;
Penta (meth) acrylate, such as dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate;
Hexa (meth) acrylate, for example, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate and the like.
Among these, tetra, penta or hexa (meth) acrylate is preferred.

 (b1)エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、ブリードアウトの抑制の観点から、好ましくは500以上、より好ましくは700以上、更に好ましくは900以上の重量平均分子量を有する。 (B1) The (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 500 or more, more preferably 700 or more, and still more preferably 900 or more, from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed-out. .

 テトラ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレートとしては、ペンタエリスリトールの4つの末端に合計1~40モルのアルキレンオキサイドが付加されているテトラ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 ペ ン タ As the tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate is preferable. As pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, tetra (meth) acrylate in which a total of 1 to 40 moles of alkylene oxide is added to four terminals of pentaerythritol is preferable.

 テトラ(メタ)アクリレートは、下記一般式(II):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
{式中、R3~R6は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Xは、炭素数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、m1、m2、m3及びm4は、それぞれ独立に、0~40の整数であり、m1+m2+m3+m4は、1~40であり、そしてm1+m2+m3+m4が2以上である場合には、複数のXは、互いに同一であるか、又は異なっていてよい}で表されるテトラ(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。 Tetra (meth) acrylate has the following general formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In the formula, R 3 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, X represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and m 1 , m 2 , m 3 and m 4 represent Each independently is an integer of 0 to 40, m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 is 1 to 40, and when m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xs are , Which may be the same as or different from each other, are more preferable.

 理論に拘束されることを望むものではないが、一般式(II)で表されるテトラメタクリレート化合物は、基R3~R6を有することにより、H2C=CH-CO-O-部分を有するテトラアクリレートに比べて、アルカリ溶液中での加水分解性が抑制されているものと考えられる。一般式(II)で表されるテトラメタクリレート化合物を含む感光性樹脂組成物を使用することは、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から好ましい。 Without wishing to be bound by theory, the tetramethacrylate compound represented by the general formula (II) can form an H 2 CRCH—CO—O— moiety by having groups R 3 to R 6. It is considered that the hydrolyzability in an alkaline solution is suppressed as compared with the tetraacrylate. The use of the photosensitive resin composition containing the tetramethacrylate compound represented by the general formula (II) can significantly improve the adhesion when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly from exposure to development. This is preferable from the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the time is long.

 一般式(II)において、基R3~R6の少なくとも1つは、メチル基であることが好ましく、そして基R3~R6の全てが、メチル基であることがより好ましい。 In the general formula (II), at least one of the groups R 3 to R 6 is preferably a methyl group, and more preferably all of the groups R 3 to R 6 are methyl groups.

 レジストパターンについて所望の解像性、スソ形状及び残膜率を得るという観点から、一般式(II)において、Xは、-CH2-CH2-であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (II), X is preferably —CH 2 —CH 2 — from the viewpoint of obtaining desired resolution, swell shape, and remaining film ratio of the resist pattern.

 レジストパターンについて所望の解像性、スソ形状及び残膜率を得るという観点から、一般式(II)において、m1、m2、m3及びm4は、それぞれ独立に、1~20の整数であることが好ましく、2~10の整数であることがより好ましい。更に、一般式(II)において、m1+m2+m3+m4は、1~36又は4~36であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (II), m 1 , m 2 , m 3 and m 4 are each independently an integer of 1 to 20 from the viewpoint of obtaining desired resolution, swell shape and residual film ratio of the resist pattern. And more preferably an integer of 2 to 10. Further, in the general formula (II), m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 is preferably from 1 to 36 or from 4 to 36.

 一般式(II)で表される化合物としては、例えば、ペンタエリスリトール(ポリ)アルコキシテトラメタクリレート等が挙げられる。また、本開示において、「ペンタエリスリトール(ポリ)アルコキシテトラメタクリレート」は、上記一般式(II)において、m1+m2+m3+m4=1である「ペンタエリスリトールアルコキシテトラメタクリレート」及びm1+m2+m3+m4=2~40である「ペンタエリスリトールポリアルコキシテトラメタクリレート」の両方を包含する。一般式(II)で表される化合物としては、特開2013-156369号公報に列挙されている化合物、例えば、ペンタエリスリトール(ポリ)アルコキシテトラメタクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (II) include pentaerythritol (poly) alkoxytetramethacrylate and the like. Further, in the present disclosure, “pentaerythritol (poly) alkoxytetramethacrylate” refers to “pentaerythritol alkoxytetramethacrylate” and m 1 + m 2 where m 1 + m 2 + m 3 + m 4 = 1 in the general formula (II). + M 3 + m 4 = 2 to 40, including both “pentaerythritol polyalkoxytetramethacrylate”. Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (II) include compounds listed in JP-A-2013-156369, for example, pentaerythritol (poly) alkoxytetramethacrylate and the like.

 ヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールの6つの末端に合計1~24モルのエチレンオキサイドが付加されているヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールの6つの末端に合計1~10モルのε-カプロラクトンが付加されているヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 The hexa (meth) acrylate compound includes hexa (meth) acrylate in which 1 to 24 moles of ethylene oxide is added to 6 terminals of dipentaerythritol, and 1 to 10 moles of total in 6 terminals of dipentaerythritol. Hexa (meth) acrylate to which ε-caprolactone is added is preferred.

 露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、本実施形態に係る感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物として、エチレン性不飽和結合を4個以上有し、かつアルキレンオキサイド鎖を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。この場合、エチレン性不飽和結合は、より好ましくはメタクリロイル基に由来し、そしてアルキレンオキサイド鎖は、より好ましくはエチレンオキサイド鎖である。 From the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development can be significantly improved, it is possible to significantly improve the adhesion when heated and then developed after exposure. It is particularly preferable that the conductive resin composition contains, as the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a (meth) acrylate compound having four or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds and having an alkylene oxide chain. In this case, the ethylenically unsaturated bond is more preferably derived from a methacryloyl group, and the alkylene oxide chain is more preferably an ethylene oxide chain.

 本実施形態では、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物として、アルキレンオキサイド鎖とジペンタエリスリトール骨格とを有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが好ましい。アルキレンオキサイド鎖としては、例えば、エチレンオキサイド鎖、プロピレンオキサイド鎖、ブチレンオキサイド鎖、ペンチレンオキサイド鎖、へキシレンオキサイド鎖などが挙げられる。感光性樹脂組成物がアルキレンオキサイド鎖を複数含む場合、それらは互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。上記の観点から、アルキレンオキサイド鎖としては、エチレンオキサイド鎖、プロピレンオキサイド鎖、及びブチレンオキサイド鎖がより好ましく、エチレンオキサイド鎖、及びプロピレンオキサイド鎖が更に好ましく、エチレンオキサイド鎖が特に好ましい。 In the present embodiment, it is possible to significantly improve the adhesion when heated and then developed after exposure, and from the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged, The conductive resin composition preferably contains (B) a (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton as a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the alkylene oxide chain include an ethylene oxide chain, a propylene oxide chain, a butylene oxide chain, a pentylene oxide chain, a hexylene oxide chain, and the like. When the photosensitive resin composition contains a plurality of alkylene oxide chains, they may be the same or different. In view of the above, as the alkylene oxide chain, an ethylene oxide chain, a propylene oxide chain, and a butylene oxide chain are more preferable, an ethylene oxide chain and a propylene oxide chain are more preferable, and an ethylene oxide chain is particularly preferable.

 感光性樹脂組成物において、(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子と、アルキレンオキサイド鎖及びジペンタエリスリトール骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物とを併用することによって、レジストパターンの耐薬品性、密着性及び解像性のバランスが保たれる傾向にある。 By using (A) an alkali-soluble polymer and a (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton in a photosensitive resin composition, the chemical resistance, adhesion and resolution of a resist pattern are obtained. Gender balance tends to be maintained.

 アルキレンオキサイド鎖及びジペンタエリスリトール骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、複数の水酸基の少なくとも1つがアルキレンオキシ基で変性されたジペンタエリスリトール化合物と、(メタ)アクリル酸とのエステルである。ジペンタエリスリトール骨格の6つの水酸基が、アルキレンオキシ基で変性されていてもよい。エステル一分子中におけるエステル結合の数は、1~6であってよく、6であることが好ましい。 The (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton is an ester of a dipentaerythritol compound in which at least one of a plurality of hydroxyl groups is modified with an alkyleneoxy group, and (meth) acrylic acid. Six hydroxyl groups of the dipentaerythritol skeleton may be modified with an alkyleneoxy group. The number of ester bonds in one molecule of the ester may be from 1 to 6, preferably 6.

 アルキレンオキサイド鎖及びジペンタエリスリトール骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物としては、例えば、ジペンタエリスリトールにアルキレンオキサイドが平均4~30モル、平均6~24モル、又は平均10~14モル付加しているヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton include, for example, hexapentadierythritol to which alkylene oxide is added to an average of 4 to 30 mol, an average of 6 to 24 mol, or an average of 10 to 14 mol. (Meth) acrylates.

 具体的には、アルキレンオキサイド鎖及びジペンタエリスリトール骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物として、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、下記一般式(III):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
{式中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、かつnは、0~30の整数であり、かつ全てのnの合計値が1以上である}で表される化合物が好ましい。一般式(III)において、全てのnの平均値が4以上であるか、又はnがそれぞれ1以上であることが好ましい。Rとしてはメチル基が好ましい。 Specifically, as a (meth) acrylate compound having an alkylene oxide chain and a dipentaerythritol skeleton, adhesion after heating and development after exposure can be significantly improved, and particularly, the time from exposure to development can be improved. From the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the length becomes longer, the following general formula (III):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Wherein R is each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n is an integer of 0 to 30 and the total value of all n is 1 or more. preferable. In the general formula (III), it is preferable that the average value of all n is 4 or more, or that n is 1 or more. R is preferably a methyl group.

 同様の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物中の固形分総量に対するアルキレンオキサイド鎖及びジペンタエリスリトール骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物の含有量は、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%、より好ましくは5質量%~40質量%、更に好ましくは7質量%~30質量%の範囲内である。 From the same viewpoint, the content of the (meth) acrylate compound having the alkylene oxide chain and the dipentaerythritol skeleton with respect to the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass. It is in the range of from 40% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 7% by mass to 30% by mass.

 感光性樹脂組成物の固形分総量に対して、(b1)エチレン性不飽和結合を3個以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物(すなわち、(メタ)アクリレート基を3個以上有する化合物)の含有量が、0質量%を超え、かつ50質量%以下であることが好ましい。この含有量が、0質量%を超えると、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させる点、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する点でより有利であり、50質量%以下であると、硬化レジストの柔軟性が改善し、かつ剥離時間が短縮する傾向にある。この含有量は、2質量%以上40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、4質量%以上35質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。より好ましい態様において、(B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物は、分子中にメタクリレート基を3つ以上有する化合物を、感光性樹脂組成物全体の固形分に対し、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは9質量%以上、更に好ましくは13質量%以上、特に好ましくは20質量%以上、また、好ましくは40質量%以下、より好ましくは35質量%以下、更に好ましくは30質量%以下の量で含有する。 The content of (b1) a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds (that is, a compound having three or more (meth) acrylate groups) is based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. , 0 mass% and 50 mass% or less. When the content exceeds 0% by mass, the adhesion after heating and development after exposure is significantly improved, and good adhesion is achieved even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. When the content is 50% by mass or less, the flexibility of the cured resist is improved, and the peeling time tends to be shortened. This content is more preferably 2% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and still more preferably 4% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. In a more preferred embodiment, (B) the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is a compound having three or more methacrylate groups in the molecule, preferably 5% by mass based on the solid content of the entire photosensitive resin composition. Above, more preferably 9% by mass or more, still more preferably 13% by mass or more, particularly preferably 20% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less, further preferably 30% by mass or less. In the amount of

 密着性の観点、及び現像液発泡性抑制の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物として、(b2)ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖と、1個又は2個の(メタ)アクリロイル基と、を有する化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 (b2)ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖と、1個又は2個の(メタ)アクリロイル基とを有する化合物は、ブリードアウトの抑制の観点から、好ましくは500以上、より好ましくは700以上、更に好ましくは1000以上の分子量を有する。
From the viewpoints of adhesion and suppression of foaming property of the developer, the photosensitive resin composition contains (B2) a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain as one compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, It is preferable to include a compound having two (meth) acryloyl groups.
(B2) The compound having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups is preferably 500 or more, more preferably 700 or more, and still more preferably, from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed-out. Has a molecular weight of 1000 or more.

 (b2)ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖と、1個又は2個の(メタ)アクリロイル基とを有する化合物としては、ポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。(b2)ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖と、1個又は2個の(メタ)アクリロイル基とを有する化合物は、ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖に加え、エチレンオキサイド鎖を含んでいてもよい。 (B2) As the compound having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups, polypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol ( (Meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, and the like. (B2) The compound having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups may contain an ethylene oxide chain in addition to the butylene oxide chain or the propylene oxide chain.

 具体的には、(b2)ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖と、1個又は2個の(メタ)アクリロイル基とを有する化合物は、好ましくは1~20個、より好ましくは4~15個、更に好ましくは6~12個のC48O又はC36Oを有する(メタ)アクリレート又はジ(メタ)アクリレートである。 Specifically, the compound (b2) having a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 4 to 15, and Preferred are (meth) acrylates or di (meth) acrylates having 6 to 12 C 4 H 8 O or C 3 H 6 O.

 感光性樹脂組成物の固形分総量に対して、(b2)ブチレンオキサイド鎖又はプロピレンオキサイド鎖と、1個又は2個の(メタ)アクリロイル基とを有する化合物の含有量が、0質量%を超え、かつ20質量%以下であることが好ましい。 The content of the compound having (b2) a butylene oxide chain or a propylene oxide chain and one or two (meth) acryloyl groups is more than 0% by mass based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. And 20% by mass or less.

 本実施形態では、ドライフィルムレジストの構成成分のブリードアウトを抑制して保存安定性を向上させるために、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の固形分総量を基準として、好ましくは70質量%以上、より好ましくは80質量%以上、更に好ましくは90質量%以上、特に好ましくは100質量%が、500以上の重量平均分子量を有する化合物である。ブリードアウトの抑制及びレジストパターンの耐薬品性の観点から、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは760以上、より好ましくは800以上、更に好ましくは830以上、特に好ましくは900以上である。(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物の分子構造から計算される分子量として求めることができる。複数種類の(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物が存在する場合は、各化合物の分子量を含有量で加重平均することにより求めることができる。 In the present embodiment, in order to suppress the bleed-out of the components of the dry film resist and to improve the storage stability, (B) preferably 70 mass% based on the total solid content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. %, More preferably 80% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, particularly preferably 100% by weight, is a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 500 or more. In light of suppression of bleed-out and chemical resistance of the resist pattern, the weight-average molecular weight of the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 760 or more, more preferably 800 or more, and still more preferably 830 or more. Preferably it is 900 or more. The weight average molecular weight of the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond can be determined as the molecular weight calculated from the molecular structure of the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. When a plurality of types of (B) compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are present, the weight can be determined by weighting the molecular weight of each compound by the content.

 レジストパターンの、耐薬品性、密着性、高解像性、及びスソ形状の観点から、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物中におけるメタクリロイル基の濃度は、好ましくは0.20mol/100g以上、より好ましくは0.30mol/100g以上、更に好ましくは0.35mol/100g以上である。メタクリロイル基の濃度の上限値は、重合性及びアルカリ現像性が確保されるのであれば限定されないが、例えば、0.90mol/100g以下又は0.80mol/100g以下でよい。 From the viewpoints of chemical resistance, adhesion, high resolution, and semi-shape of the resist pattern, the concentration of the methacryloyl group in the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 0.20 mol / 100 g or more. , More preferably at least 0.30 mol / 100 g, even more preferably at least 0.35 mol / 100 g. The upper limit of the concentration of the methacryloyl group is not limited as long as the polymerizability and the alkali developability are ensured, but may be, for example, 0.90 mol / 100 g or less or 0.80 mol / 100 g or less.

 同様の観点から、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物中における、メタクリロイル基の濃度/(メタクリロイル基の濃度+アクリロイル基の濃度)の値は、好ましくは0.50以上、より好ましくは0.60以上、更に好ましくは0.80以上、特に好ましくは0.90以上、最も好ましくは0.95以上である。 From the same viewpoint, the value of (methacryloyl group concentration / (methacryloyl group concentration + acryloyl group concentration)) in the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 0 or more. It is at least 0.60, more preferably at least 0.80, particularly preferably at least 0.90, most preferably at least 0.95.

 上記で説明された(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、それぞれ独立に、又は組み合わせて使用されることができる。感光性樹脂組成物は、(B)エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物として、その他の化合物も含んでよい。その他の化合物としては、ウレタン結合を有する(メタ)アクリレート、多価アルコールにα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、グリシジル基含有化合物にα,β-不飽和カルボン酸を反応させて得られる化合物、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 (The (meth) acrylate compounds described above can be used independently or in combination. The photosensitive resin composition may also contain other compounds as the compound (B) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Other compounds include a (meth) acrylate having a urethane bond, a compound obtained by reacting an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyhydric alcohol, and a reaction of an α, β-unsaturated carboxylic acid with a glycidyl group-containing compound. And 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate.

 (B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物の感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量に対する割合は、好ましくは5質量%~70質量%である。この割合を5質量%以上にすることは、感度、解像性及び密着性の観点から好ましい。この割合は、より好ましくは10質量%以上、より好ましくは20質量%以上、更に好ましくは30質量%以上である。一方で、この割合を70質量%以下にすることは、エッジフューズ及び硬化レジストの剥離遅延を抑えるという観点から好ましい。この割合を50質量%以下にすることがより好ましい。 割 合 (B) The ratio of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass. It is preferable to set this ratio to 5% by mass or more from the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution and adhesion. This ratio is more preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. On the other hand, it is preferable to set this ratio to 70% by mass or less from the viewpoint of suppressing edge fuse and delay of peeling of the cured resist. It is more preferable that this ratio be 50% by mass or less.

(C)光重合開始剤
 (C)光重合開始剤は、光によりモノマーを重合させる化合物である。(C)光重合開始剤は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を得ることができる観点から、好ましくは、アントラセン、ピラゾリン、トリフェニルアミン、クマリン、及びこれらの誘導体からなる群から選択される1つ以上を含み、より好ましくは、アントラセン及び/又はアントラセン誘導体を含み、更に好ましくは、アントラセン誘導体を含む。また、アントラセン、ピラゾリン、トリフェニルアミン、クマリン、及びこれらの誘導体、特にアントラセン及び/又はアントラセン誘導体は、中心波長390nm未満の第1の活性光と中心波長390nm以上の第2の活性光とを吸光して重合開始剤として良好に機能する。したがって、一態様において、感光性樹脂組成物は、第1の活性光と第2の活性光とに対する感光性を有することができ、2波長露光に用いることも可能である。(C)光重合開始剤は、第1の活性光と第2の活性光との波長範囲に複数の吸収極大を有するように選択することもできる。
(C) Photopolymerization initiator (C) The photopolymerization initiator is a compound that polymerizes a monomer by light. (C) The photopolymerization initiator can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and can obtain good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. From the viewpoint that can be obtained, preferably contains one or more selected from the group consisting of anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof, more preferably contains anthracene and / or anthracene derivative, more preferably Include anthracene derivatives. In addition, anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof, particularly anthracene and / or anthracene derivative, absorb first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more. And functions well as a polymerization initiator. Therefore, in one embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition can have sensitivity to the first active light and the second active light, and can be used for two-wavelength exposure. (C) The photopolymerization initiator can also be selected so as to have a plurality of absorption maxima in the wavelength range of the first active light and the second active light.

 感光性樹脂組成物中の(C)光重合開始剤の総含有量は、好ましくは0.01~20質量%、より好ましくは0.05質量%~10質量%、更に好ましくは0.1質量%~7質量%、特に好ましくは0.1質量%~6質量%の範囲内である。(C)光重合開始剤の総含有量は、十分な感度を得るという観点から0.01質量%以上であることが好ましく、レジスト底面まで光を充分に透過させて、良好な高解像性を得るという観点から20質量%以下であることが好ましい。 The total content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 0.1% by mass. % To 7% by weight, particularly preferably 0.1% to 6% by weight. (C) The total content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a sufficient sensitivity, and sufficiently transmits light to the bottom of the resist to obtain good high resolution. Is preferably 20% by mass or less from the viewpoint of obtaining

 アントラセン及びアントラセン誘導体は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する点で有利である。アントラセン誘導体は、同様の観点から、好ましくは9位及び/又は10位、より好ましくは9,10位に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~40のアルコキシ基及び/又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~40のアリール基を有する。 Anthracene and anthracene derivatives can significantly improve the adhesion when heated and developed after exposure, and are particularly advantageous in that they achieve good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is long. It is. From the same viewpoint, the anthracene derivative is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms and / or a substituent which may have a substituent at the 9-position and / or 10-position, more preferably the 9,10-position. And an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have

 一態様において、アントラセン誘導体は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、9位又は10位の少なくとも一方に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~40のアルコキシ基を有することが好ましく、9位又は10位の少なくとも一方に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基を有することがさらに好ましい。良好な密着性及び解像度を得る観点から、9,10位に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~40のアルコキシ基を有することが好ましく、9,10位に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基を有することがさらに好ましい。9位と10位の基の炭素数は同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In one embodiment, the anthracene derivative can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly achieves good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is long. It is preferable that at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, and at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has a substituent. It is more preferred to have an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion and resolution, it is preferable to have an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent at the 9 and 10 positions, and to have a substituent at the 9 and 10 positions. It is more preferred to have an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The carbon numbers of the 9-position and the 10-position group may be the same or different.

 置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基としては:
 メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、i-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、2-メチルプロポキシ基、1-メチルプロポキシ基、n-ペンチルオキシ基、イソアミルオキシ基、n-ヘキシルオキシ基、2-エチルヘキシルオキシ基、ノニルオキシ基、デシルオキシ基、ウンデシルオキシ基、ドデシルオキシ基、テトラデシルオキシ基、ヘキサデシルオキシ基、エイコシルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基、ノルボルニルオキシ基、トリシクロデカニルオキシ基、テトラシクロドデシルオキシ基、アダマンチルオキシ基、メチルアダマンチルオキシ基、エチルアダマンチルオキシ基、及びブチルアダマンチルオキシ基;
 ハロゲンで修飾されたアルコキシ基、例えば、クロロブトキシ基、クロロプロポキシ基;
 ヒドロキシル基が付加したアルコキシ基、例えば、ヒドロキシブチルオキシ基;
 シアノ基が付加したアルコキシ基、例えば、シアノブトキシ基;
 アルキレンオキサイド基が付加したアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシブトキシ基;
 アリール基が付加したアルコキシ基、例えば、フェノキシブトキシ基、
等が挙げられる。この中でn-ブトキシ基がより好ましい。
Examples of the alkoxy group which may have a substituent include:
Methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, 2-methylpropoxy, 1-methylpropoxy, n-pentyloxy, isoamyloxy, n- Hexyloxy group, 2-ethylhexyloxy group, nonyloxy group, decyloxy group, undecyloxy group, dodecyloxy group, tetradecyloxy group, hexadecyloxy group, eicosyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group, norbornyloxy group, A tricyclodecanyloxy group, a tetracyclododecyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a methyladamantyloxy group, an ethyladamantyloxy group, and a butyladamantyloxy group;
A halogen-modified alkoxy group such as a chlorobutoxy group or a chloropropoxy group;
An alkoxy group having a hydroxyl group added thereto, for example, a hydroxybutyloxy group;
An alkoxy group to which a cyano group has been added, for example, a cyanobutoxy group;
An alkoxy group to which an alkylene oxide group has been added, for example, a methoxybutoxy group;
An alkoxy group to which an aryl group has been added, for example, a phenoxybutoxy group,
And the like. Among these, an n-butoxy group is more preferred.

 一態様において、アントラセン誘導体は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、9位又は10位の少なくとも一方に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~40のアリール基を有することが好ましく、9位又は10位の少なくとも一方に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30のアリール基を有することがより好ましい。 In one embodiment, the anthracene derivative can significantly improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and particularly achieves good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is long. It is preferable that at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has an optionally substituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and at least one of the 9-position and the 10-position has a substituent. It is more preferred to have an optionally substituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.

 露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、9,10位に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~40のアリール基を有することが好ましく、9,10位に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30のアリール基を有することがより好ましい。9位と10位の基の炭素数は同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。また、9位と10位の基は同じ基であってもよく、異なる基であってもよい。例えば、9位の基が置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~40のアルコキシ基であり、10位の基が置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~40のアリール基であってもよい。 Adhesion when heated and developed after exposure can be significantly improved, and from the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged, from the viewpoint of ninth and tenth, It is preferable to have an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and to have an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent at the 9th and 10th positions. More preferred. The carbon numbers of the 9-position and the 10-position group may be the same or different. Further, the groups at the 9-position and the 10-position may be the same group or different groups. For example, the group at the 9-position is an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the group at the 10-position is an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. There may be.

 置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~40のアリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基;アルコキシ基が付加したアリール基、例えば、メトキシフェニル基、エトキシフェニル基;アルキル基が付加したアリール基、例えば、トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基、ノニルフェニル基;ハロゲンが付加したアリール基、例えば、クロロフェニル基;ヒドロキシル基が付加したアリール基、例えばヒドロキシフェニル基等が挙げられる。この中でフェニル基がより好ましい。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms which may have a substituent include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthracenyl group; an aryl group to which an alkoxy group is added, such as a methoxyphenyl group and an ethoxyphenyl group; An aryl group to which an alkyl group is added, for example, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group, a nonylphenyl group; an aryl group to which a halogen is added, for example, a chlorophenyl group; an aryl group to which a hydroxyl group is added, such as a hydroxyphenyl group. Can be Of these, a phenyl group is more preferred.

 アントラセン誘導体は、好ましくは、下記一般式(IV)で表される。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 R1は、独立に水素原子、炭素数1~40の置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基、炭素数3~20の置換若しくは非置換の脂環族基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、置換若しくは非置換のアリール基、置換若しくは非置換のヘテロアリール基又はN(R’)2基を示し、2以上のR1が互いに結合して環状構造を形成してもよく、該環状構造はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。 The anthracene derivative is preferably represented by the following general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
R 1 is independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, Represents an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group or an N (R ′) 2 group, and two or more R 1 may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, wherein the cyclic structure is a heteroatom May be included.

 Xは、独立に単結合、酸素原子、硫黄原子、カルボニル基、スルホニル基、-N(R’)-基、-CO-O-基、-CO-S-基、-SO2-O-基、-SO2-S-基、-SO2-N(R’)-基、-O-CO-基、-S-CO-基、-O-SO2-基又はS-SO2-基を示す。ただし、Xが単結合、かつ、R1が水素原子の組み合わせ(すなわち無置換のアントラセン)を除く。 X independently represents a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a —N (R ′) — group, a —CO—O— group, a —CO—S— group, a —SO 2 —O— group , —SO 2 —S—, —SO 2 —N (R ′) —, —O—CO—, —S—CO—, —O—SO 2 — or S—SO 2 — Show. However, X excludes a single bond and R 1 excludes a combination of hydrogen atoms (that is, unsubstituted anthracene).

 上記R’は、水素原子、炭素数1~40の置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基、炭素数3~20の置換若しくは非置換の脂環族基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数6~40の置換若しくは非置換のアリール基又は置換若しくは非置換のヘテロアリール基を示し、R’同士が相互に結合して環状構造を形成してもよく、該環状構造はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。 R ′ is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, Represents up to 40 substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl groups, and R's may be mutually bonded to form a cyclic structure, and the cyclic structure may include a heteroatom .

 pは、1~10の整数であり、好ましくは2~4である。 P is an integer of 1 to 10, preferably 2 to 4.

 上記R1及びR’における炭素数1~40の置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、n-ドデシル基、n-テトラデシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、n-エイコシル基、i-プロピル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基及びt-ブチル基などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms for R 1 and R ′ include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an n-pentyl group, -Hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group, n-tetradecyl group, n-hexadecyl group, n-eicosyl group, i -Propyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group and t-butyl group.

 上記R1及びR’における炭素数3~20の置換若しくは非置換の脂環族基の具体例としては、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び炭素数6~20の有橋脂環式炭化水素基(たとえば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、アダマンチル基、メチルアダマンチル基、エチルアダマンチル基、及びブチルアダマンチル基等)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted alicyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms for R 1 and R ′ include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a bridged group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. And alicyclic hydrocarbon groups (for example, norbornyl group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group, adamantyl group, methyladamantyl group, ethyladamantyl group, butyladamantyl group and the like).

 上記R1及びR’における炭素数2~4のアルケニル基の具体例としては、ビニル及びプロペニル基などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms in R 1 and R ′ include vinyl and propenyl groups.

 上記R1及びR’における炭素数6~40の置換若しくは非置換のアリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、メトキシフェニル基、エトキシフェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基、ノニルフェニル基、クロロフェニル基、ヒドロキシフェニル基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms for R 1 and R ′ include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, methoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, tolyl, and xylyl. Group, mesityl group, nonylphenyl group, chlorophenyl group, and hydroxyphenyl group.

 上記R1及びR’における置換若しくは非置換のヘテロアリール基としては、置換若しくは非置換のアリール基中に、硫黄原子、酸素原子、窒素原子などのヘテロ原子を1以上含む基、たとえば、ピリジル基、イミダゾリル基、モルホリニル基、ピペリジル基、ピロリジル基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group for R 1 and R ′ include a group containing one or more hetero atoms such as a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, and a nitrogen atom in a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, for example, a pyridyl group. , Imidazolyl group, morpholinyl group, piperidyl group, pyrrolidyl group and the like.

 また、上記R1及びR’の各炭化水素基は、置換基によって置換されていてもよい。このような置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、炭素数1~4のヒドロキシアルキル基(たとえば、ヒドロキシメチル基、1-ヒドロキシエチル基、2-ヒドロキシエチル基、1-ヒドロキシプロピル基、2-ヒドロキシプロピル基、3-ヒドロキシプロピル基、1-ヒドロキシブチル基、2-ヒドロキシブチル基、3-ヒドロキシブチル基、4-ヒドロキシブチル基等)、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基(たとえば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、i-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、2-メチルプロポキシ基、1-メチルプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基等)、シアノ基、炭素数2~5のシアノアルキル基(たとえば、シアノメチル基、2-シアノエチル基、3-シアノプロピル基、4-シアノブチル基等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(たとえば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、t-ブトキシカルボニル基等)、アルコキシカルボニルアルコキシ基(たとえば、メトキシカルボニルメトキシ基、エトキシカルボニルメトキシ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルメトキシ基等)、ハロゲン原子(たとえば、フッ素、塩素等)及びフルオロアルキル基(たとえば、フルオロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基等)などが挙げられる。上記R1及びR’の各炭化水素基は、ハロゲン原子によって置換されていることが好ましい。特に、アントラセン誘導体は、ハロゲン原子によって置換されたアルコキシ基を9位及び/又は10位に有することが好ましい。 Further, each hydrocarbon group of R 1 and R ′ may be substituted with a substituent. Examples of such a substituent include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (eg, a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, A hydroxypropyl group, a 3-hydroxypropyl group, a 1-hydroxybutyl group, a 2-hydroxybutyl group, a 3-hydroxybutyl group, a 4-hydroxybutyl group, etc., an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (eg, a methoxy group, Ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, i-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, 2-methylpropoxy group, 1-methylpropoxy group, t-butoxy group, etc.), cyano group, cyanoalkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms ( For example, a cyanomethyl group, a 2-cyanoethyl group, a 3-cyanopropyl group, a 4-cyanobutyl group, etc.) Alkoxycarbonyl group (eg, methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, t-butoxycarbonyl group, etc.), alkoxycarbonylalkoxy group (eg, methoxycarbonylmethoxy group, ethoxycarbonylmethoxy group, t-butoxycarbonylmethoxy group, etc.), halogen atom (Eg, fluorine, chlorine, etc.) and fluoroalkyl groups (eg, fluoromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, etc.). It is preferable that each hydrocarbon group of R 1 and R ′ is substituted by a halogen atom. In particular, the anthracene derivative preferably has an alkoxy group substituted by a halogen atom at the 9-position and / or the 10-position.

 上記R1及びR’の好ましい具体例としては、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、カンフォロイル基、ノルボニル基、p-トルイル基、ベンジル基、メチルベンジル基、フェニル基及び1-ナフチル基が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of R 1 and R ′ include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, and an n-hexyl. Groups, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, camphoroyl group, norbornyl group, p-toluyl group, benzyl group, methylbenzyl group, phenyl group and 1-naphthyl group.

 上記Xの好ましい具体例としては、単結合、酸素原子、硫黄原子、-N(R’)-基、-O-CO-基、及びO-SO2-基が挙げられる。ここで、上記Xが-N(R’)-基の場合、上記R’は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、カンフォロイル基、ノルボニル基又はベンジル基が好ましい。 Preferred specific examples of X include a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a —N (R ′) — group, a —O—CO— group, and an O—SO 2 — group. Here, when X is —N (R ′) — group, R ′ is hydrogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl. Groups, camphoroyl groups, norbornyl groups or benzyl groups.

 上記一般式(IV)で示される化合物の例としてはたとえば、1-メチルアントラセン、2-メチルアントラセン、2-エチルアントラセン、2-t-ブチルアントラセン、9-メチルアントラセン、9,10-ジメチルアントラセン、9-ビニルアントラセン、9-フェニルアントラセン、9,10-ジフェニルアントラセン、2-ブロモ-9,10-ジフェニルアントラセン、9-(4-ブロモフェニル)―10-フェニルアントラセン、9-(1-ナフチル)アントラセン、9-(2-ナフチル)アントラセン、2-ブロモ-9,10-ビス(2-ナフチル)アントラセン、2,6-ジブロモ-9,10-ビス(2-ナフチル)アントラセン、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジプロポキシアントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジ(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)アントラセン、1,2-ベンズアントラセン、アントロビン、1,4,9,10-テトラヒドロキシアントラセン、9-アントラセンメタノール、1-アミノアントラセン、2-アミノアントラセン、9-(メチルアミノメチル)アントラセン、9-アセチルアントラセン、9-アントラアルデヒド、10-メチル-9-アントラアルデヒド、1,8,9-トリアセトキシアントラセンなどが挙げられる。これらの中では、9,10-ジメチルアントラセン、9,10-ジフェニルアントラセン、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジプロポキシアントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジ(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)アントラセン、9,10-ビス-(3-クロロプロポキシ)アントラセンが好ましく、特に露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を実現する観点から、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン及び9,10-ジフェニルアントラセン、9,10-ビス-(3-クロロプロポキシ)アントラセンがより好ましく、9,10-ジブトキシアントラセン及び9,10-ジフェニルアントラセン、9,10-ビス-(3-クロロプロポキシ)アントラセンが特に好ましい。上記一般式(IV)で示される化合物は、単独で用いても2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (IV) include, for example, 1-methylanthracene, 2-methylanthracene, 2-ethylanthracene, 2-t-butylanthracene, 9-methylanthracene, 9,10-dimethylanthracene, 9-vinylanthracene, 9-phenylanthracene, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 2-bromo-9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9- (4-bromophenyl) -10-phenylanthracene, 9- (1-naphthyl) anthracene , 9- (2-naphthyl) anthracene, 2-bromo-9,10-bis (2-naphthyl) anthracene, 2,6-dibromo-9,10-bis (2-naphthyl) anthracene, 9,10-diethoxy Anthracene, 9,10-dipropoxyanthracene, 9,10- Butoxyanthracene, 9,10-di (2-ethylhexyloxy) anthracene, 1,2-benzanthracene, anthrobin, 1,4,9,10-tetrahydroxyanthracene, 9-anthracenemethanol, 1-aminoanthracene, 2- Examples include aminoanthracene, 9- (methylaminomethyl) anthracene, 9-acetylanthracene, 9-anthraldehyde, 10-methyl-9-anthaldehyde, 1,8,9-triacetoxyanthracene, and the like. Among these, 9,10-dimethylanthracene, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dipropoxyanthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 9,10-di (2 -Ethylhexyloxy) anthracene and 9,10-bis- (3-chloropropoxy) anthracene are preferred. Particularly, the adhesion after heating and development after exposure can be remarkably improved, and especially the time from exposure to development. From the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion even when the length of the resin becomes longer, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene and 9,10-diphenylanthracene, 9,10-bis- (3-chloro- Propoxy) anthracene is more preferred, and 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene Beauty 9,10-diphenyl anthracene, 9,10-bis - (3-chloropropoxy) anthracene is particularly preferable. The compound represented by the general formula (IV) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を得ることができる観点で、(C)光重合開始剤は、好ましくは、(1)9,10-ジフェニルアントラセンを含み;(2)9,10-ジアルコキシアントラセンを含み;(3)ハロゲン原子を有するアントラセン誘導体を含み;(4)9,10-ジアルコキシアントラセンのハロゲン置換体を含み;(5)9,10-ジアルコキシアントラセンの9位及び/又は10位のアルコキシ基が1つ以上のハロゲン原子で修飾されている化合物を含み;並びに/或いは、(6)アントラセン骨格に直接結合したハロゲン原子を有する化合物を含む。 From the viewpoint that adhesion after heating and development after exposure can be significantly improved, and in particular from the viewpoint that good adhesion can be obtained even when the time from exposure to development is long, The polymerization initiator preferably includes (1) 9,10-diphenylanthracene; (2) includes 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene; (3) includes an anthracene derivative having a halogen atom; (4) 9, (5) including a compound wherein the 9- and / or 10-position alkoxy group of 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene is modified with one or more halogen atoms; And / or (6) a compound having a halogen atom directly bonded to the anthracene skeleton.

 上記一般式(IV)で示される化合物は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの密着性を著しく向上させることができ、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときにおいても良好な密着性を得ることができる観点で有利であり、更に、390nm未満を中心波長とする第1の活性光と、390nm以上の波長を中心波長とする第2の活性光とを用いた2波長露光に使用でき、優れた感度、密着性及び解像度を示す感光性樹脂組成物を提供できる点でも有利である。 The compound represented by the general formula (IV) can remarkably improve the adhesiveness when heated and developed after exposure, and has good adhesiveness even when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. And is used for two-wavelength exposure using a first active light having a central wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second active light having a central wavelength of 390 nm or more. It is also advantageous in that a photosensitive resin composition exhibiting excellent sensitivity, adhesion and resolution can be provided.

 一態様において、(C)光重合開始剤は、ハロゲン原子を有するアントラセン誘導体を含むことが好ましい。ハロゲン原子を有するアントラセン誘導体の好適例は、9,10-ジアルコキシアントラセンのハロゲン置換体である。当該ハロゲン置換体の好適例は、9,10-ジアルコキシアントラセンの9位及び/又は10位のアルコキシ基が1つ以上のハロゲンで修飾されている化合物である。好ましいアルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~40のアルコキシ基として上記で例示したものが挙げられる。 に お い て In one embodiment, it is preferable that the photopolymerization initiator (C) includes an anthracene derivative having a halogen atom. A preferred example of the anthracene derivative having a halogen atom is a halogen-substituted 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene. A preferred example of the halogen substituent is a compound in which the 9- and / or 10-position alkoxy group of 9,10-dialkoxyanthracene is modified with one or more halogens. Preferred alkoxy groups include those exemplified above as alkoxy groups having 1 to 40 carbon atoms.

 一態様において、アントラセン誘導体としては、アントラセン骨格に直接結合したハロゲン原子を有する化合物も好ましい。このようなアントラセン化合物としては、9-ブロモ-10-フェニルアントラセン、9-クロロ-10-フェニルアントラセン、9-ブロモ-10-(2-ナフチル)アントラセン、9-ブロモ-10-(1-ナフチル)アントラセン、9-(2-ビフェニリル)-10-ブロモアントラセン、9-(4-ビフェニリル)-10-ブロモアントラセン、9-ブロモ-10-(9-フェナントリル)アントラセン、2-ブロモアントラセン、9-ブロモアントラセン、2-クロロアントラセン、9,10-ジブロモアントラセンが挙げられる。 In one embodiment, as the anthracene derivative, a compound having a halogen atom directly bonded to the anthracene skeleton is also preferable. Examples of such anthracene compounds include 9-bromo-10-phenylanthracene, 9-chloro-10-phenylanthracene, 9-bromo-10- (2-naphthyl) anthracene, and 9-bromo-10- (1-naphthyl) Anthracene, 9- (2-biphenylyl) -10-bromoanthracene, 9- (4-biphenylyl) -10-bromoanthracene, 9-bromo-10- (9-phenanthryl) anthracene, 2-bromoanthracene, 9-bromoanthracene , 2-chloroanthracene and 9,10-dibromoanthracene.

 アントラセン及びアントラセン誘導体の合計量、又は好ましい態様においては上記一般式(IV)で示される化合物の量は、感光性樹脂組成物の固形分総量に対して、好ましくは0.05~5質量%、より好ましくは0.1~3質量%、特に好ましくは0.1~1.0質量%の範囲である。 The total amount of the anthracene and the anthracene derivative, or in a preferred embodiment, the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (IV) is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, It is more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 3% by mass, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.

 ピラゾリン及びピラゾリン誘導体は、感光性樹脂層の剥離特性、感度、解像性、及び密着性の観点から好ましい。 (4) Pyrazolin and pyrazoline derivatives are preferred from the viewpoints of the peeling properties, sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion of the photosensitive resin layer.

 ピラゾリン誘導体としては、例えば、1-フェニル-3-(4-tert-ブチル-スチリル)-5-(4-tert-ブチル-フェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-(4-(ベンゾオキサゾール-2-イル)フェニル)-3-(4-tert-ブチル-スチリル)-5-(4-tert-ブチル-フェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(4-ビフェニル)-5-(4-tert-ブチル-フェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(4-ビフェニル)-5-(4-tert-オクチル-フェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(4-イソプロピルスチリル)-5-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(4-メトキシスチリル)-5-(4-メトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(3,5-ジメトキシスチリル)-5-(3,5-ジメトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(3,4-ジメトキシスチリル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(2,6-ジメトキシスチリル)-5-(2,6-ジメトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(2,5-ジメトキシスチリル)-5-(2,5-ジメトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(2,3-ジメトキシスチリル)-5-(2,3-ジメトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン、1-フェニル-3-(2,4-ジメトキシスチリル)-5-(2,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-ピラゾリン等が上記の観点から好ましく、1-フェニル-3-(4-ビフェニル)-5-(4-tert-ブチル-フェニル)-ピラゾリンがより好ましい。 Examples of the pyrazoline derivative include, for example, 1-phenyl-3- (4-tert-butyl-styryl) -5- (4-tert-butyl-phenyl) -pyrazolin, 1- (4- (benzoxazol-2-yl) Phenyl) -3- (4-tert-butyl-styryl) -5- (4-tert-butyl-phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-biphenyl) -5- (4-tert-butyl- Phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-biphenyl) -5- (4-tert-octyl-phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-isopropylstyryl) -5- (4-isopropyl Phenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (4-methoxystyryl) -5- (4-methoxyphenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3 (3,5-dimethoxystyryl) -5- (3,5-dimethoxyphenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (3,4-dimethoxystyryl) -5- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (2,6-dimethoxystyryl) -5- (2,6-dimethoxyphenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (2,5-dimethoxystyryl) -5- (2,5- Dimethoxyphenyl) -pyrazolin, 1-phenyl-3- (2,3-dimethoxystyryl) -5- (2,3-dimethoxyphenyl) -pyrazoline, 1-phenyl-3- (2,4-dimethoxystyryl) -5 -(2,4-Dimethoxyphenyl) -pyrazoline and the like are preferable from the above viewpoint, and 1-phenyl-3- (4-biphenyl) -5- (4-tert-butyl-phenyl) is preferred. Yl) - pyrazoline is more preferable.

 クマリン誘導体としては、7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリン、3,3’-カルボニルビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-ベンゾイル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン等を例示できる。中でも、7-ジエチルアミノ-4-メチルクマリンが感度、解像性、及び密着性の点で好ましい。 Examples of the coumarin derivative include 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin, 3,3'-carbonylbis (7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-benzoyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin and the like. Among them, 7-diethylamino-4-methylcoumarin is preferred in terms of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion.

 (C)光重合開始剤の更なる例としては、キノン類、芳香族ケトン類、アセトフェノン類、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド類、ベンゾイン又はベンゾインエーテル類、ジアルキルケタール類、チオキサントン類、ジアルキルアミノ安息香酸エステル類、オキシムエステル類、アクリジン類(例えば9-フェニルアクリジン、ビスアクリジニルヘプタン、9-(p-メチルフェニル)アクリジン、9-(m-メチルフェニル)アクリジンが感度、解像性、及び密着性の点で好ましい)、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール、N-アリールアミノ酸又はそのエステル化合物(例えばN-フェニルグリシンが感度、解像性、及び密着性の点で好ましい)、及びハロゲン化合物(例えばトリブロモメチルフェニルスルホン)などが挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用されることができる。その他、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイド、トリフェニルホスフィンオキシド等を用いてもよい。 (C) Further examples of the photopolymerization initiator include quinones, aromatic ketones, acetophenones, acylphosphine oxides, benzoin or benzoin ethers, dialkyl ketals, thioxanthones, and dialkylaminobenzoates. , Oxime esters, and acridines (eg, 9-phenylacridine, bisacridinylheptane, 9- (p-methylphenyl) acridine, 9- (m-methylphenyl) acridine are sensitive, Preferred), hexaarylbiimidazole, N-arylamino acids or ester compounds thereof (eg, N-phenylglycine is preferred in terms of sensitivity, resolution, and adhesion), and halogen compounds (eg, tribromomethylphenylsulfone) ). These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl -Diphenyl-phosphine oxide, triphenylphosphine oxide and the like may be used.

 芳香族ケトン類としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン[4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン]、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノンを挙げることができる。これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用されることができる。これらの中でも、密着性の観点から、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノンが好ましい。更に、透過率の観点から、感光性樹脂組成物中の芳香族ケトン類の含有量は、好ましくは0.01質量%~0.5質量%、更に好ましくは0.02質量%~0.3質量%の範囲内である。 Examples of aromatic ketones include benzophenone, Michler's ketone [4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone], 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone. Can be. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion. Further, from the viewpoint of transmittance, the content of the aromatic ketone in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 0.5% by mass, more preferably 0.02% by mass to 0.3% by mass. % By mass.

 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾールの例としては、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’,5-トリス-(o-クロロフェニル)-4-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4’,5’-ジフェニルビイミダゾール、2,4-ビス-(o-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-ジフェニルビイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリス-(o-クロロフェニル)-ジフェニルビイミダゾール、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-ビス-4,5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2-フルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,3-ジフルオロメチルフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,4-ジフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,5-ジフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,6-ジフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,3,4-トリフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,3,5-トリフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,3,6-トリフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,4,5-トリフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,4,6-トリフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,3,4,5-テトラフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス-(2,3,4,6-テトラフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール、及び2,2’-ビス-(2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラキス-(3-メトキシフェニル)-ビイミダゾール等が挙げられ、これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用されることができる。感度、解像性及び密着性の観点から、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール二量体が好ましい。 Examples of hexaarylbiimidazole include 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylbiimidazole, 2,2 ′, 5-tris- (o-chlorophenyl) -4- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -4 ', 5'-diphenylbiimidazole, 2,4-bis- (o-chlorophenyl) -5- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -diphenylbiimidazole, 2,4,5-tris- (o-chlorophenyl ) -Diphenylbiimidazole, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -bis-4,5- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2′-bis- (2-fluorophenyl) -4,4 ′ , 5,5'-Tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,3-difluoromethylphenyl) -4,4 ', , 5'-Tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,4-difluorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -Biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,5-difluorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- ( 2,6-difluorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,3,4-trifluorophenyl) -4 , 4 ', 5,5'-Tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,3,5-trifluorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'- Tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl -Biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,3,6-trifluorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'- Bis- (2,4,5-trifluorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2′-bis- (2,4,6- (Trifluorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2′-bis- (2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl) -4 4 ', 5,5'-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole, 2,2'-bis- (2,3,4,6-tetrafluorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5 ' -Tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazo And 2,2′-bis- (2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetrakis- (3-methoxyphenyl) -biimidazole These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoints of sensitivity, resolution and adhesion, 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer is preferred.

 感光性樹脂組成物中のヘキサアリールビスイミダゾールの含有量は、感光性樹脂層の剥離特性及び/又は感度を向上させるという観点から、好ましくは0.05質量%~8質量%、より好ましくは0.1質量%~7質量%、更に好ましくは1質量%~6質量%の範囲内である。 The content of the hexaarylbisimidazole in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.05% by mass to 8% by mass, more preferably 0% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving the peeling characteristics and / or sensitivity of the photosensitive resin layer. It is in the range of 0.1 to 7% by mass, more preferably 1 to 6% by mass.

(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤
 感光性樹脂組成物は、熱安定性及び保存安定性を向上させるために、(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤を含む。本開示で、(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤は、フェノール性水酸基を1つ以上有する化合物である。フェノール系重合禁止剤は、熱等によって生じる重合反応を阻害し、保存安定性を向上させるという特性を有する。フェノール系重合禁止剤は、炭素数1~40の置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基、炭素数1~40のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~4のアルケニル基、炭素数3~20の置換若しくは非置換の脂環式基、置換若しくは非置換のアリール基、置換若しくは非置換のヘテロアリール基からなる群から選択される置換基を1つ以上有してよい。好ましい態様において、(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤は1価フェノール(すなわち分子中にフェノール性水酸基を1つ有する化合物)である。(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤のより具体的な好適例は、メトキノン、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン、ヒドロキノン、テトラキス(3-(3’,5’-ジ-tert-ブチル-4’-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオン酸)ペンタエリスリトール、2,2’-チオジエチルビス(3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート)、3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオン酸ステアリル、N,N’-ヘキサメチレンビス(3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパンアミド)、オクチル-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロ肉桂酸、2,4,6-トリス(3’,5’-ジ-tert-ブチル-4’-ヒドロキシベンジル)メシチレン、2,4-ビス(ドデシルチオメチル)-6-メチルフェノール、2,4-ビス(オクチルチオメチル)-6-メチルフェノール、ビス(3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオン酸)(エチレンビス(オキシエチレン))、1,6-ヘキサンジオールビス(3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート)、1,3,5-トリス((3,5-ビス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、4-((4,6-ビス(オクチルチオ)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)アミノ)-2,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェノール等であり、特に、メトキノン及びジブチルヒドロキシトルエンが、露光後加熱有りと無しでの最短現像時間の差が生じにくいという観点から好ましい。
(D) Phenolic polymerization inhibitor The photosensitive resin composition contains (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor in order to improve thermal stability and storage stability. In the present disclosure, (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor is a compound having one or more phenolic hydroxyl groups. A phenolic polymerization inhibitor has a property of inhibiting a polymerization reaction caused by heat or the like and improving storage stability. The phenolic polymerization inhibitor includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 20 carbon atoms. It may have one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl group. In a preferred embodiment, the (D) phenol polymerization inhibitor is a monohydric phenol (that is, a compound having one phenolic hydroxyl group in the molecule). More specific preferred examples of the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor include methoquinone, dibutylhydroxytoluene, hydroquinone, and tetrakis (3- (3 ′, 5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionic acid. ) Pentaerythritol, 2,2′-thiodiethylbis (3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate), 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy) Phenyl) stearyl propionate, N, N′-hexamethylenebis (3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propanamide), octyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4 -Hydroxy-hydrocinnamic acid, 2,4,6-tris (3 ', 5'-di-tert-butyl-4'-hydroxybenzyl) mesitile 2,4-bis (dodecylthiomethyl) -6-methylphenol, 2,4-bis (octylthiomethyl) -6-methylphenol, bis (3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- Methylphenyl) propionic acid) (ethylene bis (oxyethylene)), 1,6-hexanediol bis (3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate), 1,3,5- Tris ((3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl) methyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, 4- ((4,6-bis (octylthio) -1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) amino) -2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and the like, in particular, methoquinone and dibutyl Hydroxytoluene is preferred from the viewpoint that a difference in the shortest development time with and without heating after exposure hardly occurs.

 (D)フェノール系重合禁止剤の、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量を100質量%としたときの質量基準での量は、感光性樹脂組成物に対する所望の重合禁止効果を得る観点から1ppm以上、好ましくは5ppm以上、より好ましくは10ppm以上、更に好ましくは15ppm以上、特に好ましくは20ppm以上であり、露光後に加熱してから現像したとき、特に露光から現像までの時間が長くなったときの良好な密着性を実現する観点から、300ppm以下であり、好ましくは200ppm以下、より好ましくは150ppm以下、更に好ましくは100ppm以下、更に好ましくは75ppm以下、更に好ましくは50ppm、特に好ましくは40ppm以下である。感光性樹脂組成物が(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤を含むがその量が少量であることは、露光後、加熱、次いで現像を行う場合において、感光性樹脂組成物における露光時の重合反応の良好な進行と、ポリマーの加熱によるモビリティ向上効果が良好であることによる当該ポリマーの反応促進(したがって密着性向上)とを両立できる点で有利である。例えば、ポリマーが嵩高な分子構造(例えば、比較的多量のスチレン骨格)を有する系では、密着性向上を意図した露光後加熱を行う際に、ポリマーの加熱によるモビリティ向上効果が低い(したがって密着性向上効果が低い)場合があるが、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物によれば、(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤の量が上記範囲であることで、このような嵩高なポリマーが存在する場合にも、露光後加熱による密着性向上効果が良好に得られる。 (D) The amount of the phenolic polymerization inhibitor on a mass basis when the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 100% by mass is from the viewpoint of obtaining a desired polymerization inhibiting effect on the photosensitive resin composition. 1 ppm or more, preferably 5 ppm or more, more preferably 10 ppm or more, still more preferably 15 ppm or more, particularly preferably 20 ppm or more, when developed after heating after exposure, particularly when the time from exposure to development is prolonged. From the viewpoint of realizing good adhesion, it is 300 ppm or less, preferably 200 ppm or less, more preferably 150 ppm or less, further preferably 100 ppm or less, further preferably 75 ppm or less, further preferably 50 ppm, particularly preferably 40 ppm or less. is there. The fact that the photosensitive resin composition contains (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor but the amount thereof is small means that the polymerization reaction of the photosensitive resin composition at the time of exposure to light in the photosensitive resin composition in the case where heating, then development is performed after exposure. This is advantageous in that both good progress and promotion of the reaction of the polymer (and thus improvement in adhesion) due to good mobility improvement effect by heating the polymer can be achieved. For example, in a system in which a polymer has a bulky molecular structure (for example, a relatively large amount of a styrene skeleton), when heating is performed after exposure intended to improve the adhesiveness, the effect of improving the mobility by heating the polymer is low (therefore, the adhesiveness is low). Although the improvement effect may be low), according to the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment, such a bulky polymer is present because the amount of the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor is in the above range. Also in this case, the effect of improving adhesion by heating after exposure can be favorably obtained.

 特に好ましい態様においては、感光性樹脂組成物中のジブチルヒドロキシトルエンの含有量が、1~200ppm、又は10~150ppmである。 In a particularly preferred embodiment, the content of dibutylhydroxytoluene in the photosensitive resin composition is 1 to 200 ppm or 10 to 150 ppm.

[任意成分]
 感光性樹脂組成物は、上記(A)~(D)の成分に加え、所望により任意成分を更に含んでよい。任意成分としては、(d)(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤以外の追加の重合禁止剤、染料、着色物質、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、安定化剤等が挙げられる。例えば、特開2013-156369号公報に列挙されている添加剤を使用してよい。
[Optional component]
The photosensitive resin composition may further contain optional components, if desired, in addition to the components (A) to (D). Optional components include (d) additional polymerization inhibitors other than the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor, dyes, coloring substances, plasticizers, antioxidants, stabilizers, and the like. For example, the additives listed in JP-A-2013-156369 may be used.

((d)追加の重合禁止剤)
 追加の重合禁止剤としては、上記フェノール系重合禁止剤ではないラジカル重合禁止剤、ベンゾトリアゾール類、及びカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類が挙げられる。
((D) additional polymerization inhibitor)
Additional polymerization inhibitors include radical polymerization inhibitors, benzotriazoles, and carboxybenzotriazoles that are not the phenolic polymerization inhibitors.

 ラジカル重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ナフチルアミン、塩化第一銅、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩、ジフェニルニトロソアミン等が挙げられる。感光性樹脂組成物の感度を損なわないために、ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミンアルミニウム塩が好ましい。 Examples of the radical polymerization inhibitor include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosamine and the like. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition, nitrosophenylhydroxyamine aluminum salt is preferred.

 ベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、1-クロロ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-トリルトリアゾール、ビス(N-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレン-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, Bis (N-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole, bis (N-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole and the like can be mentioned.

 カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール類としては、例えば、4-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、5-カルボキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-ヒドロキシエチル)アミノメチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、N-(N,N-ジ-2-エチルヘキシル)アミノエチレンカルボキシベンゾトリアゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of carboxybenzotriazoles include 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminomethylene Carboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-hydroxyethyl) aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N- (N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl) aminoethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and the like can be mentioned.

 一態様において、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量を100質量%としたときの追加の重合禁止剤の総量は、好ましくは0.001~3質量%、より好ましくは0.01質量%~1質量%である。該総量を0.001質量%以上にすることは、感光性樹脂組成物に保存安定性を付与するという観点から好ましい。一方で、該総量を3質量%以下にすることは、感度を維持し、染料の脱色を抑える観点から好ましい。 In one embodiment, the total amount of the additional polymerization inhibitor is preferably from 0.001 to 3% by mass, more preferably from 0.01% by mass to 100% by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition. 1% by mass. Making the total amount 0.001% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of imparting storage stability to the photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, setting the total amount to 3% by mass or less is preferable from the viewpoint of maintaining sensitivity and suppressing decolorization of the dye.

(染料及び着色物質)
 本実施形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、所望により、染料(例えばロイコ染料、フルオラン染料等)及び着色物質から成る群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を更に含有してもよい。
(Dyes and coloring substances)
In the present embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a dye (for example, a leuco dye, a fluoran dye or the like) and a coloring substance, if desired.

 着色物質としては、例えば、フクシン、フタロシアニングリーン、オーラミン塩基、パラマジエンタ、クリスタルバイオレット、メチルオレンジ、ナイルブルー2B、ビクトリアブルー、マラカイトグリーン(例えば、保土ヶ谷化学(株)製 アイゼン(登録商標) MALACHITE GREEN)、ベイシックブルー20、ダイアモンドグリーン(例えば保土ヶ谷化学(株)製 アイゼン(登録商標) DIAMOND GREEN GH)が挙げられる。感光性樹脂組成物中の着色物質の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量を100質量%としたとき、0.001質量%~1質量%であることが好ましい。該含有量を0.001質量%以上にすることは、感光性樹脂組成物の取扱い性を向上させるという観点から好ましい。一方で、該含有量を1質量%以下にすることは、感光性樹脂組成物の保存安定性を維持するという観点から好ましい。 Examples of the coloring substance include fuchsin, phthalocyanine green, auramine base, paramagenta, crystal violet, methyl orange, Nile blue 2B, Victoria blue, and malachite green (for example, Eizen (registered trademark) MALACHITE @ GREEN manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Basic Blue 20 and Diamond Green (for example, Eizen (registered trademark) DIAMOND GREEN GH manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.). The content of the coloring substance in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 1% by mass when the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 100% by mass. Making the content 0.001% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the handleability of the photosensitive resin composition. On the other hand, setting the content to 1% by mass or less is preferable from the viewpoint of maintaining the storage stability of the photosensitive resin composition.

 感光性樹脂組成物は、染料を含有することにより露光部分が発色するので視認性の点で好ましく、また、検査機等が露光のための位置合わせマーカーを読み取る場合、露光部と未露光部とのコントラストが大きい方が認識し易く有利である。この観点で好ましい染料としては、ロイコ染料及びフルオラン染料が挙げられる。
 ロイコ染料としては、トリス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)メタン[ロイコクリスタルバイオレット]、ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)フェニルメタン[ロイコマラカイトグリーン]等が挙げられる。とりわけ、コントラストが良好となる観点から、ロイコ染料としては、ロイコクリスタルバイオレットを用いることが好ましい。感光性樹脂組成物中のロイコ染料の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量に対して0.1質量%~10質量%であることが好ましい。この含有量を0.1質量%以上にすることは、露光部分と未露光部分とのコントラストを良好にする観点から好ましい。この含有量は、0.2質量%以上にすることがより好ましく、0.4質量%以上にすることが特に好ましい。一方で、この含有量を10質量%以下にすることが保存安定性を維持するという観点から好ましい。この含有量は、5質量%以下にすることがより好ましく、2質量%以下にすることが特に好ましい。
The photosensitive resin composition is preferable from the viewpoint of visibility because the exposed portion develops a color by containing a dye, and when an inspection machine or the like reads an alignment marker for exposure, an exposed portion and an unexposed portion are used. Is more advantageous because it is easier to recognize. Preferred dyes in this respect include leuco dyes and fluoran dyes.
Examples of the leuco dye include tris (4-dimethylaminophenyl) methane [leuco crystal violet] and bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) phenylmethane [leucomalachite green]. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving contrast, it is preferable to use leuco crystal violet as the leuco dye. The content of the leuco dye in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total solid mass of the photosensitive resin composition. Making the content 0.1% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the contrast between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion. This content is more preferably at least 0.2% by mass, particularly preferably at least 0.4% by mass. On the other hand, it is preferable to set the content to 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of maintaining storage stability. This content is more preferably 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 2% by mass or less.

 また、感光性樹脂組成物中に、ロイコ染料と、(C)光重合開始剤において前述したハロゲン化合物とを組み合わせて用いることは、密着性及びコントラストを最適化する観点から好ましい。ロイコ染料を該ハロゲン化合物と併用する場合には、感光性樹脂組成物中の該ハロゲン化合物の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量を100質量%としたとき、0.01質量%~3質量%であることが、感光層における色相の保存安定性を維持するという観点から好ましい。 Further, it is preferable to use a leuco dye in combination with the above-mentioned halogen compound in the photopolymerization initiator (C) in the photosensitive resin composition from the viewpoint of optimizing adhesion and contrast. When a leuco dye is used in combination with the halogen compound, the content of the halogen compound in the photosensitive resin composition is 0.01% by mass when the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is 100% by mass. % To 3% by mass is preferred from the viewpoint of maintaining the storage stability of the hue in the photosensitive layer.

 本実施形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、ビスフェノールAのエポキシ化合物類を更に含有してもよい。ビスフェノールAのエポキシ化合物類としては、例えば、ビスフェノールAをポリプロピレングリコールで修飾し末端をエポキシ化した化合物等が挙げられる。 In the present embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition may further contain an epoxy compound of bisphenol A. Examples of bisphenol A epoxy compounds include compounds obtained by modifying bisphenol A with polypropylene glycol and epoxidizing the terminal.

 本実施形態では、感光性樹脂組成物は、可塑剤を更に含有してもよい。可塑剤としては、例えば、フタル酸エステル類(例えば、ジエチルフレート等)、o-トルエンスルホン酸アミド、p-トルエンスルホン酸アミド、クエン酸トリブチル、クエン酸トリエチル、アセチルクエン酸トリエチル、アセチルクエン酸トリ-n-プロピル、アセチルクエン酸トリ-n-ブチル、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールアルキルエ-テル、ポリプロプレンレングリコールアルキルエーテル等が挙げられる。また、アデカノールSDX-1569、アデカノールSDX-1570、アデカノールSDX-1571、アデカノールSDX-479(以上旭電化(株)製)、ニューポールBP-23P、ニューポールBP-3P、ニューポールBP-5P、ニューポールBPE-20T、ニューポールBPE-60、ニューポールBPE-100、ニューポールBPE-180(以上三洋化成(株)製)、ユニオールDB-400、ユニオールDAB-800、ユニオールDA-350F、ユニオールDA-400、ユニオールDA-700 (以上日本油脂(株)製)、BA-P4Uグリコール、BA-P8グリコール(以上日本乳化剤(株)製)等のビスフェノール骨格を有する化合物も挙げられる。 で は In the present embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition may further contain a plasticizer. Examples of the plasticizer include phthalic acid esters (for example, diethyl phthalate and the like), o-toluenesulfonic acid amide, p-toluenesulfonic acid amide, tributyl citrate, triethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, triacetyl citrate -N-propyl, tri-n-butyl acetylcitrate, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol alkyl ether, polypropylene glycol alkyl ether and the like. Also, ADEKANOL SDX-1569, ADEKANOL SDX-1570, ADEKANOL SDX-1571, ADEKANOL SDX-479 (all manufactured by Asahi Denka Co., Ltd.), Newpole BP-23P, Newpole BP-3P, Newpole BP-5P, New Pole BPE-20T, New Pole BPE-60, New Pole BPE-100, New Pole BPE-180 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd.), Uniall DB-400, Uniall DAB-800, Uniall DA-350F, Uniall DA- Compounds having a bisphenol skeleton such as 400, Uniol DA-700 # (all manufactured by Nippon Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), BA-P4U glycol and BA-P8 glycol (all manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.) are also included.

 感光性樹脂組成物中の可塑剤の含有量は、感光性樹脂組成物の全固形分質量に対して、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%であり、より好ましくは1質量%~30質量%である。該含有量を1質量%以上にすることは、現像時間の遅延を抑え、かつ硬化膜に柔軟性を付与するという観点から好ましい。一方で、該含有量を50質量%以下にすることは、硬化不足及びコールドフローを抑えるという観点から好ましい。 The content of the plasticizer in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 1% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total solid mass of the photosensitive resin composition. It is. Setting the content to 1% by mass or more is preferable from the viewpoints of suppressing a delay in the development time and imparting flexibility to the cured film. On the other hand, setting the content to 50% by mass or less is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing insufficient curing and cold flow.

 感光性樹脂組成物中の水分量が多いと、感光性樹脂組成物の局所的な可塑化が急激に促進され、エッジフューズが発生する。エッジフューズを抑制する観点から感光性樹脂組成物調合液を支持フィルムに塗布、乾燥後の感光性樹脂組成物を基準として、質量基準で、感光性樹脂組成物中の水分量は0.7%以下であることが好ましい。感光性樹脂組成物中の水分量は0.65%以下であることが好ましく、0.6%以下であることが好ましく、0.55%以下であることが好ましく、0.5%以下であることが好ましく、0.45%以下であることが好ましく、0.4%以下であることが好ましく、0.35%以下であることが好ましく、0.3%以下であることが好ましく、0.25%以下であることが好ましく、0.2%以下であることが好ましい。 (4) If the amount of water in the photosensitive resin composition is large, local plasticization of the photosensitive resin composition is rapidly promoted, and an edge fuse is generated. From the viewpoint of suppressing the edge fuse, the photosensitive resin composition preparation liquid is applied to the support film, and the moisture content in the photosensitive resin composition is 0.7% by mass based on the photosensitive resin composition after drying. The following is preferred. The water content in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.65% or less, more preferably 0.6% or less, preferably 0.55% or less, and 0.5% or less. It is preferably 0.45% or less, more preferably 0.4% or less, preferably 0.35% or less, preferably 0.3% or less, and 0.1% or less. It is preferably at most 25%, more preferably at most 0.2%.

[溶剤]
 感光性樹脂組成物は、溶剤に溶解させて感光性樹脂組成物調合液の形態で、感光性樹脂積層体の製造に使用できる。溶剤としては、ケトン類、アルコール類等が挙げられる。前記ケトン類は、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)、アセトンに代表される。前記アルコール類は、メタノール、エタノール、及びイソプロパノールに代表される。溶剤は、感光性樹脂積層体の製造に際して、支持フィルム上に塗布する感光性樹脂組成物調合液の25℃における粘度が、500mPa・s~4,000mPa・sとなるような量で、感光性樹脂組成物に添加されることが好ましい。
[solvent]
The photosensitive resin composition can be used in the production of a photosensitive resin laminate in the form of a solution prepared by dissolving the photosensitive resin composition in a solvent. Examples of the solvent include ketones and alcohols. The ketones are represented by methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and acetone. The alcohols are represented by methanol, ethanol, and isopropanol. The solvent is used in an amount such that the viscosity at 25 ° C. of the photosensitive resin composition preparation liquid applied on the support film in the production of the photosensitive resin laminate is 500 mPa · s to 4,000 mPa · s. It is preferably added to the resin composition.

[感光性樹脂組成物の光線透過率]
 本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物の375nm及び405nmの少なくとも一方における光線透過率は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの感度、密着性、線幅再現性、及び解像性が良好であり、特に露光から現像までの時間が長い場合にも良好な密着性を実現する感光性樹脂組成物を提供する観点から、58%~95%である。375nm及び405nmは、本実施形態の感光性樹脂組成物における典型的な露光波長に対応する。当該光線透過率は、露光時に感光性樹脂組成物のより深い領域まで露光光が到達することによって良好な感度、密着性、線幅再現性及び解像性を得る観点から、58%以上、好ましくは60%以上、より好ましくは62%以上、より好ましくは64%以上、更に好ましくは65%以上であり、基板表面からの乱反射光を抑制することによって良好なスソ形状を得る観点から、95%以下、好ましくは85%以下、より好ましくは80%以下、より好ましくは75%以下、更に好ましくは70%以下である。
[Light transmittance of photosensitive resin composition]
The light transmittance of at least one of 375 nm and 405 nm of the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment is good in sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution when heated and developed after exposure. In particular, the content is 58% to 95% from the viewpoint of providing a photosensitive resin composition that achieves good adhesion even when the time from exposure to development is long. 375 nm and 405 nm correspond to typical exposure wavelengths in the photosensitive resin composition of the present embodiment. The light transmittance is preferably 58% or more, more preferably 58% or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility and resolution by the exposure light reaching a deeper region of the photosensitive resin composition during exposure. Is 60% or more, more preferably 62% or more, more preferably 64% or more, and still more preferably 65% or more. From the viewpoint of obtaining a good swelling shape by suppressing irregularly reflected light from the substrate surface, 95% Or less, preferably 85% or less, more preferably 80% or less, more preferably 75% or less, and still more preferably 70% or less.

 375nm及び405nmの少なくとも一方における光線透過率を上記範囲内に制御する手段としては、これらに限定されないが例えば、光重合開始剤、染料、又は着色物質の添加量制御等が例示される。 Means for controlling the light transmittance at at least one of nm375 nm and 405 nm within the above range is not limited thereto, and includes, for example, control of the addition amount of a photopolymerization initiator, a dye, or a coloring substance.

[感光性樹脂積層体]
 本実施形態は、前述の感光性樹脂組成物からなる感光性樹脂層と、支持フィルムとを有する感光性樹脂積層体も提供する。支持フィルムとしては、露光光源から放射される光を透過する透明な支持フィルムが好ましい。このような支持フィルムとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム、ポリビニルアルコールフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルム、塩化ビニル共重合体フィルム、ポリ塩化ビニリデンフィルム、塩化ビニリデン共重合フィルム、ポリメタクリル酸メチル共重合体フィルム、ポリスチレンフィルム、ポリアクリロニトリルフィルム、スチレン共重合体フィルム、ポリアミドフィルム、セルロース誘導体フィルム等が挙げられる。これらのフィルムとしては、必要に応じて延伸されたものも使用可能である。
[Photosensitive resin laminate]
The present embodiment also provides a photosensitive resin laminate having a photosensitive resin layer made of the above-described photosensitive resin composition and a support film. As the support film, a transparent support film that transmits light emitted from an exposure light source is preferable. As such a support film, for example, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polyvinyl alcohol film, a polyvinyl chloride film, a vinyl chloride copolymer film, a polyvinylidene chloride film, a vinylidene chloride copolymer film, a polymethyl methacrylate copolymer film, Examples include a polystyrene film, a polyacrylonitrile film, a styrene copolymer film, a polyamide film, and a cellulose derivative film. As these films, those stretched as necessary can be used.

 支持フィルムのヘイズとしては、露光時の光散乱を抑制する観点から、5%以下が好ましく、2%以下がより好ましく、1.5%以下が更に好ましく、1.0%以下が特に好ましい。同様の観点から、感光層と接する面の表面粗さRaは30nm以下が好ましく、20nm以下がより好ましく、10nm以下が特に好ましい。フィルムの厚みは、薄いほど画像形成性及び経済性を向上させるため有利であるが、感光性樹脂積層体の強度を維持するために、10μm~30μmのものが好ましく用いられる。支持フィルムが含有する滑剤等の微粒子の大きさは5μm未満であることが好ましい。 か ら The haze of the support film is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 2% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less, and particularly preferably 1.0% or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing light scattering during exposure. From the same viewpoint, the surface roughness Ra of the surface in contact with the photosensitive layer is preferably 30 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. The thinner the film is, the more advantageous it is for improving the image formability and economy. However, in order to maintain the strength of the photosensitive resin laminate, a film having a thickness of 10 μm to 30 μm is preferably used. The size of the fine particles such as a lubricant contained in the support film is preferably less than 5 μm.

 支持フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、組成が異なる樹脂層を複数積層した多層構造であってもよい。多層構造の場合、帯電防止層があってもよい。2層構造や3層構造のような多層構造の場合、例えば、一方の面Aに微粒子を含有する樹脂層を形成し、もう一方の面Bには、(1)面Aと同じように微粒子を含有、(2)面Aより少量の微粒子を含有、(3)面Aより細かい微粒子を含有、(4)微粒子を含有しない、といった構造をとることができる。(2)、(3)、(4)の構造の場合は、面B側に感光性樹脂層を形成することが好ましい。このとき、面A側に微粒子を含有する樹脂層があると、フィルムの滑り性等の観点から好ましい。このときの微粒子の大きさは、1.5μm未満であることが好ましい。なお、上記微粒子の大きさは、標準試料を用いて較正を行った走査型電子顕微鏡による測定で得られる値である。 The support film may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure in which a plurality of resin layers having different compositions are laminated. In the case of a multilayer structure, there may be an antistatic layer. In the case of a multilayer structure such as a two-layer structure or a three-layer structure, for example, a resin layer containing fine particles is formed on one surface A, and fine particles are formed on the other surface B in the same manner as (1) Surface A. , (2) fine particles smaller than surface A, (3) fine particles finer than surface A, and (4) no fine particles. In the case of the structures (2), (3) and (4), it is preferable to form a photosensitive resin layer on the surface B side. At this time, it is preferable that there is a resin layer containing fine particles on the surface A side from the viewpoint of the slipperiness of the film. At this time, the size of the fine particles is preferably less than 1.5 μm. The size of the fine particles is a value obtained by measurement with a scanning electron microscope calibrated using a standard sample.

 感光性樹脂積層体に用いられる保護層の重要な特性は、感光性樹脂層との密着力が支持フィルムよりも充分小さく、容易に剥離できることである。例えば、ポリエチレンフィルム又はポリプロピレンフィルムが、保護層として好ましく使用されることができる。また、特開昭59-202457号公報に示された剥離性の優れたフィルムを用いることもできる。保護層の膜厚は10μm~100μmが好ましく、10μm~50μmがより好ましい。 重要 An important property of the protective layer used in the photosensitive resin laminate is that the adhesion to the photosensitive resin layer is sufficiently smaller than that of the support film, and the protective layer can be easily peeled off. For example, a polyethylene film or a polypropylene film can be preferably used as the protective layer. Further, a film having excellent releasability as disclosed in JP-A-59-202457 can be used. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably from 10 μm to 100 μm, more preferably from 10 μm to 50 μm.

 ポリエチレンフィルム表面には、フィッシュアイと呼ばれるゲルが存在する場合がある。フィッシュアイを有するポリエチレンフィルムを保護層として用いた場合には、該フィッシュアイが感光性樹脂層に転写されることがある。フィッシュアイが感光性樹脂層に転写されると、ラミネート時に空気を巻き込んで空隙になることがあり、レジストパターンの欠損につながる。フィッシュアイを防ぐ観点から、保護層の材質としては、延伸ポリプロピレンが好ましい。具体例としては王子製紙(株)製 アルファンE-200Aを挙げることができる。 ゲ ル A gel called fisheye may be present on the polyethylene film surface. When a polyethylene film having fish eyes is used as the protective layer, the fish eyes may be transferred to the photosensitive resin layer. When the fish eyes are transferred to the photosensitive resin layer, air may be entrained during lamination to form voids, leading to loss of the resist pattern. From the viewpoint of preventing fish eyes, the material of the protective layer is preferably stretched polypropylene. Specific examples include Alphan E-200A manufactured by Oji Paper Co., Ltd.

 感光性樹脂積層体における感光性樹脂層の厚さは、用途において異なるが、好ましくは1μm~300μm、より好ましくは3μm~100μm、特に好ましくは5μm~60μm、最も好ましくは10μm~30μmである。感光性樹脂層の厚さは、薄いほど解像度が向上し、また厚いほど膜強度が向上する。 (4) The thickness of the photosensitive resin layer in the photosensitive resin laminate varies depending on the application, but is preferably 1 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 3 μm to 100 μm, particularly preferably 5 μm to 60 μm, and most preferably 10 μm to 30 μm. As the thickness of the photosensitive resin layer is smaller, the resolution is improved, and as the thickness is larger, the film strength is improved.

 支持フィルムと感光性樹脂層との積層体の波長630nmの光線透過率は、染料の脱色の指標であり、波長630nmの光線透過率が高いことは染料が脱色されていることを示す。支持フィルムと感光性樹脂層との積層体の波長630nmにおける光線透過率は80%以下であることが好ましく、78%以下であることが好ましく、75%以下であることが好ましく、72%以下であることが好ましく、70%以下であることが好ましく、68%以下であることが好ましく、65%以下であることが好ましく、62%以下であることが好ましく、60%以下であることが好ましく、58%以下であることが好ましく、55%以下であることが好ましく、52%以下であることが好ましく、50%以下であることが好ましい。この光線透過率は支持フィルムと感光性樹脂層との積層体(すなわち保護層は含まれない)の値である。 光線 The light transmittance of the laminate of the support film and the photosensitive resin layer at a wavelength of 630 nm is an index of the decolorization of the dye. A high light transmittance at a wavelength of 630 nm indicates that the dye is decolorized. The light transmittance of the laminate of the support film and the photosensitive resin layer at a wavelength of 630 nm is preferably 80% or less, more preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, and more preferably 72% or less. Is preferably 70% or less, preferably 68% or less, more preferably 65% or less, preferably 62% or less, and preferably 60% or less, It is preferably at most 58%, more preferably at most 55%, preferably at most 52%, more preferably at most 50%. This light transmittance is a value of the laminate of the support film and the photosensitive resin layer (that is, the protective layer is not included).

 次に、感光性樹脂積層体の製造方法について説明する。
 支持フィルム及び感光性樹脂層、並びに必要により保護層を順次積層して感光性樹脂積層体を作製する方法としては、既知の方法を採用することができる。例えば、感光性樹脂層に用いる感光性樹脂組成物を、これを溶解する溶剤と混ぜ合わせ均一な溶液にし、まず支持フィルム上にバーコーター又はロールコーターを用いて塗布し、次いで乾燥して前記溶剤を除去することにより、支持フィルム上に感光性樹脂組成物から成る感光性樹脂層を積層することができる。次いで必要により、感光性樹脂層上に保護層をラミネートすることにより、感光性樹脂積層体を作製することができる。
Next, a method for manufacturing the photosensitive resin laminate will be described.
As a method for producing a photosensitive resin laminate by sequentially laminating a support film, a photosensitive resin layer, and, if necessary, a protective layer, a known method can be employed. For example, the photosensitive resin composition used for the photosensitive resin layer is mixed with a solvent for dissolving the same to form a uniform solution, first coated on a support film using a bar coater or a roll coater, and then dried to dry the solvent. By removing the above, a photosensitive resin layer composed of a photosensitive resin composition can be laminated on the support film. Next, if necessary, a protective layer is laminated on the photosensitive resin layer, whereby a photosensitive resin laminate can be produced.

<レジストパターンの形成方法>
 次に、本実施形態の感光性樹脂積層体を用いてレジストパターンを製造する方法の一例を説明する。該方法は、感光性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程、露光された感光性樹脂組成物を加熱する加熱工程、及び該感光性樹脂組成物を現像する現像工程を含むことができる。
 レジストパターンとしては、例えば、プリント配線板、半導体素子、印刷版、液晶ディスプレイパネル、タッチパネル、フレキシブル基板、リードフレーム基板、COF(チップオンフィルム)用基板、半導体パッケージ用基板、液晶用透明電極、液晶用TFT用配線、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)用電極等のパターンが挙げられる。一例として、プリント配線板の製造方法を、下記の通り説明する。
<Method of forming resist pattern>
Next, an example of a method for manufacturing a resist pattern using the photosensitive resin laminate of the present embodiment will be described. The method can include an exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition, a heating step of heating the exposed photosensitive resin composition, and a development step of developing the photosensitive resin composition.
Examples of the resist pattern include a printed wiring board, a semiconductor element, a printing plate, a liquid crystal display panel, a touch panel, a flexible substrate, a lead frame substrate, a COF (chip-on-film) substrate, a semiconductor package substrate, a liquid crystal transparent electrode, and a liquid crystal. Pattern for a TFT wiring, a PDP (plasma display panel) electrode, and the like. As an example, a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board will be described as follows.

 プリント配線板は、以下の各工程を経て製造される。
(1)ラミネート工程
 先ず、ラミネート工程において、ラミネーターを用いて基板上に感光性樹脂層を形成する。具体的には、感光性樹脂積層体が保護層を有する場合には保護層を剥離した後、ラミネーターで感光性樹脂層を基板表面に加熱圧着しラミネートする。基板の材料としては、例えば、銅、ステンレス鋼(SUS)、ガラス、酸化インジウムスズ(ITO)等が挙げられる。
 本実施形態では、感光性樹脂層は基板表面の片面だけにラミネートするか、又は必要に応じて両面にラミネートしてもよい。ラミネート時の加熱温度は一般的に40℃~160℃である。また、ラミネート時の加熱圧着を2回以上行うことにより、得られるレジストパターンの基板に対する密着性を向上させることができる。加熱圧着時には、二連のロールを備えた二段式ラミネーターを使用するか、又は基板と感光性樹脂層との積層物を数回繰り返してロールに通すことにより圧着してもよい。
The printed wiring board is manufactured through the following steps.
(1) Laminating Step First, in a laminating step, a photosensitive resin layer is formed on a substrate using a laminator. Specifically, when the photosensitive resin laminate has a protective layer, the protective layer is peeled off, and then the photosensitive resin layer is laminated on the surface of the substrate by heating and pressing with a laminator. Examples of the material of the substrate include copper, stainless steel (SUS), glass, indium tin oxide (ITO), and the like.
In this embodiment, the photosensitive resin layer may be laminated on only one side of the substrate surface, or may be laminated on both sides as needed. The heating temperature during lamination is generally between 40 ° C and 160 ° C. In addition, by performing the thermocompression bonding at least twice during lamination, the adhesion of the obtained resist pattern to the substrate can be improved. At the time of thermocompression bonding, a two-stage laminator provided with two rolls may be used, or the laminate of the substrate and the photosensitive resin layer may be repeatedly pressed several times to pass through the rolls.

(2)露光工程
 本工程では、所望の配線パターンを有するマスクフィルムを支持フィルム上に密着させて活性光源を用いて行う露光方法、所望の配線パターンである描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法、又はフォトマスクの像を、レンズを通して投影させることによる露光方法によって、感光性樹脂層を露光する。
(2) Exposure Step In this step, an exposure method in which a mask film having a desired wiring pattern is brought into close contact with a support film using an active light source, an exposure method by directly drawing a drawing pattern as a desired wiring pattern, or The photosensitive resin layer is exposed by an exposure method by projecting an image of a photomask through a lens.

 露光工程は、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法、又はフォトマスクの像を、レンズを通して投影させる露光方法により行うことが好ましく、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法により行うことがより好ましい。本実施形態に係る感光性樹脂組成物の利点は、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法、又はフォトマスクの像を、レンズを通して投影させる露光方法においてより顕著であり、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法において特に顕著である。 The exposure step is preferably performed by an exposure method by directly drawing a drawing pattern, or by an exposure method of projecting an image of a photomask through a lens, and more preferably by an exposure method by directly drawing a drawing pattern. The advantages of the photosensitive resin composition according to the present embodiment are more prominent in an exposure method by direct drawing of a drawing pattern, or an exposure method of projecting an image of a photomask through a lens, and an exposure method by direct drawing of a drawing pattern. Is particularly remarkable.

 露光工程が直接描画による露光方法の場合、中心波長390nm未満のレーザー光又は、中心波長390nm以上のレーザー光であることが好ましい。中心波長350nm以上380nm以下のレーザー光又は、中心波長400nm以上410nm以下のレーザー光であることがより好ましい。中心波長390nm未満の第1のレーザー光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2のレーザー光とで露光する方法により行うことが更に好ましい。また、第1のレーザー光の中心波長が350nm以上380nm以下であり、第2のレーザー光の中心波長が400nm以上410nm以下であることがより好ましい。 (4) In the case where the exposure step is an exposure method by direct writing, it is preferable to use laser light having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm or laser light having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more. More preferably, the laser light has a center wavelength of 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, or has a center wavelength of 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less. It is more preferable to perform exposure by a method of exposing with a first laser light having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second laser light having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more. It is more preferable that the center wavelength of the first laser light be 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, and the center wavelength of the second laser light be 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less.

(3)加熱工程
 本工程では、露光された感光性樹脂組成物に対し、約30℃~約200℃の加熱工程を行うことが好ましく、30℃~150℃の範囲であることがより好ましく、60℃~120℃の範囲であることが更に好ましい。この加熱工程を実施することにより、解像性、密着性の向上が可能となる。加熱には、熱風、赤外線、又は遠赤外線の方式の加熱炉、恒温槽、ホットプレート、熱風乾燥機、赤外線乾燥機、ホットロールなどを用いることができる。加熱方法がホットロールであると短時間処理が可能な点で好ましく、ホットロールが2連以上であるとより好ましい。
(3) Heating Step In this step, the exposed photosensitive resin composition is preferably subjected to a heating step at about 30 ° C. to about 200 ° C., more preferably in the range of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 60 ° C to 120 ° C. By performing this heating step, resolution and adhesion can be improved. For heating, a heating furnace, a thermostat, a hot plate, a hot-air dryer, an infrared dryer, a hot roll, or the like of a hot air, infrared or far-infrared method can be used. It is preferable that the heating method is a hot roll in that processing can be performed in a short time, and it is more preferable that the number of hot rolls is two or more.

 特に本発明においては、(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤を用い且つその量を少量とすること、及び、樹脂組成物の特定波長での光線透過率を特定範囲に制御することで、露光後に加熱してから現像する際に、加熱によりポリマーのモビリティが向上し、例えばスチレン骨格の含有量が比較的多い系である場合にも当該スチレン骨格の疎水性と炭素-炭素二重結合の反応性を高度に両立することができる。その結果、感度、密着性、線幅再現性、及び解像性を著しく向上させることができる。そして、密着性が著しく向上することにより、露光から現像までの時間が長い場合にも良好な密着性を得ることができる。また、前記加熱工程を、露光から15分以内に行うことが、本発明の効果の観点から好ましく、10分以内に行うことがより好ましい。 In particular, in the present invention, by using (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor and using a small amount thereof, and controlling the light transmittance of the resin composition at a specific wavelength to a specific range, heating after exposure is performed. After the development, the mobility of the polymer is improved by heating. For example, even in a system having a relatively high content of a styrene skeleton, the hydrophobicity of the styrene skeleton and the reactivity of the carbon-carbon double bond are improved. Can be highly compatible. As a result, the sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution can be significantly improved. Then, since the adhesion is remarkably improved, good adhesion can be obtained even when the time from exposure to development is long. In addition, it is preferable that the heating step is performed within 15 minutes after exposure, from the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention, and it is more preferable that the heating step is performed within 10 minutes.

(4)現像工程
 本工程では、露光後、感光性樹脂層上の支持フィルムを剥離し、続いてアルカリ水溶液の現像液を用いて未露光部を現像除去することにより、レジストパターンを基板上に形成する。
 アルカリ水溶液としては、Na2CO3又はK2CO3の水溶液を用いる。アルカリ水溶液は、感光性樹脂層の特性に合わせて適宜選択されるが、約0.2質量%~約2質量%の濃度、かつ約20℃~約40℃のNa2CO3水溶液が好ましい。
 例示の態様において、露光から現像までの時間(すなわち露光終了時から現像開始時までの時間)は、5分以上、又は60分以上、又は180分以上であってよく、1440分以下、又は720分以下、又は300分以下であってよい。
 上記の(1)~(4)の各工程を経てレジストパターンを得ることができる。
(4) Developing Step In this step, after exposure, the support film on the photosensitive resin layer is peeled off, and then the unexposed portion is developed and removed using a developing solution of an alkaline aqueous solution, so that the resist pattern is formed on the substrate. Form.
As the alkaline aqueous solution, an aqueous solution of Na 2 CO 3 or K 2 CO 3 is used. The alkaline aqueous solution is appropriately selected according to the characteristics of the photosensitive resin layer, but is preferably a Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution having a concentration of about 0.2% by weight to about 2% by weight and a temperature of about 20 ° C. to about 40 ° C.
In an exemplary embodiment, the time from exposure to development (ie, the time from the end of exposure to the start of development) may be 5 minutes or more, or 60 minutes or more, or 180 minutes or more, and 1440 minutes or less, or 720 minutes. Minutes or less, or 300 minutes or less.
Through the above steps (1) to (4), a resist pattern can be obtained.

 本発明の回路基板の製造方法では、上記の方法により製造されたレジストパターンを有する基板に対してエッチング又はめっきを施すことにより回路基板を形成する。 In the method for manufacturing a circuit board according to the present invention, a circuit board is formed by etching or plating a substrate having a resist pattern manufactured by the above method.

(5)エッチング工程又はめっき工程
 現像により露出した基板表面(例えば銅張積層板の銅面)をエッチング又はめっきし、導体パターンを製造する。
(5) Etching step or plating step The substrate surface exposed by development (for example, the copper surface of the copper-clad laminate) is etched or plated to produce a conductor pattern.

(6)剥離工程
 その後、必要に応じて、レジストパターンを、適当な剥離液を用いて基板から剥離する。剥離液としては、例えば、アルカリ水溶液、アミン系剥離液等を挙げることができる。しかしながら、本発明の感光性樹脂組成物から露光後加熱を経て形成されたレジストパターンは、アミン系剥離液に対して良好な剥離性を示すとともに、剥離片が過度に微細化されることがないという利点を有する。したがって、剥離液としてアミン系剥離液を用いると、本発明の有利な効果が一層発揮されて好ましい。
(6) Stripping Step Thereafter, the resist pattern is stripped from the substrate using an appropriate stripping solution, if necessary. Examples of the stripping solution include an aqueous alkali solution and an amine-based stripping solution. However, the resist pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention through post-exposure baking exhibits good releasability with respect to an amine-based release liquid, and the release pieces are not excessively miniaturized. It has the advantage that. Therefore, it is preferable to use an amine-based stripping solution as the stripping solution because the advantageous effects of the present invention can be further exhibited.

 アミン系剥離液に含有されるアミンは、無機アミンであっても有機アミンであってもよい。
 無機アミンとしては、例えば、アンモニア、ヒドロキシルアミン、ヒドラジン等が挙げられる。
The amine contained in the amine-based stripping solution may be an inorganic amine or an organic amine.
Examples of the inorganic amine include ammonia, hydroxylamine, hydrazine and the like.

 有機アミンとしては、例えば、エタノールアミン、プロパノールアミン、アルキルアミン、環状アミン、第4級アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、
 エタノールアミンとして、例えば、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、N-メチルエタノールアミン、N-エチルエタノールアミン、N、N-ジメチルエタノールアミン、N、N-ジエチルエタノールアミン、アミノエトキシエタノール等を;
 プロパノールアミンとして、例えば、1-アミノ-2-プロパノール、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパノール、2-アミノ-2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール等を;
 アルキルアミンとして、例えば、モノメチルアミン、ジメチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、エチレンアミン、エチレンジアミン、ジエチレントリアミン、トリエチレンテトラミン、ヘキサメチレンテトラミン、テトラエチレンペンタミン等を;
 環状アミンとして、例えば、コリン、モルホリン等を;
 第4級アンモニウム塩として、例えば、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム、水酸化テトラエチルアンモニウム、水酸化テトラプロピルアンモニウム、N、N、N-トリエチル-N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、N、N-ジエチル-N、N-ジ(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド等を;
それぞれ例示できる。
Examples of the organic amine include ethanolamine, propanolamine, alkylamine, cyclic amine, and quaternary ammonium salt. Specific examples of these include:
Examples of the ethanolamine include monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylethanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N, N-dimethylethanolamine, N, N-diethylethanolamine, aminoethoxyethanol and the like;
As propanolamine, for example, 1-amino-2-propanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-1,3-propanediol and the like;
Examples of the alkylamine include monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethyleneamine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, hexamethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine and the like;
Cyclic amines such as, for example, choline, morpholine and the like;
As the quaternary ammonium salt, for example, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, N, N, N-triethyl-N- (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, N, N- Diethyl-N, N-di (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide and the like;
Each can be exemplified.

 アミン系剥離液は、上記に例示したアミンの1種以上を含む水溶液であってよい。水溶液中のアミンの濃度は、目的、感光性樹脂層の組成、現像条件等によって適宜に設定されてよい。
 アミン系剥離液は、剥離剤に通常用いられる添加剤、例えば、界面活性剤、消泡剤、pH調整剤、防腐剤、再付着防止剤等を、更に含有していてもよい。
 剥離工程は、例えば0℃以上100℃以下、好ましくは室温(23℃)以上50℃以下の温度において、例えば、1秒以上1時間以下、好ましくは10秒以上10分以下の時間、行われる。
The amine-based stripping solution may be an aqueous solution containing one or more of the amines exemplified above. The concentration of the amine in the aqueous solution may be appropriately set depending on the purpose, the composition of the photosensitive resin layer, the development conditions, and the like.
The amine-based stripping solution may further contain additives usually used for the stripping agent, for example, a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, a pH adjuster, a preservative, and an anti-redeposition agent.
The peeling step is performed at a temperature of, for example, 0 ° C. or more and 100 ° C. or less, preferably room temperature (23 ° C.) or more and 50 ° C. or less, for example, for 1 second or more and 1 hour or less, preferably 10 seconds or more and 10 minutes or less.

 剥離工程の後、所望により、レジストパターンを除去した後の基板を、例えば純水等によって洗浄してもよい。 After the peeling step, if necessary, the substrate from which the resist pattern has been removed may be washed with pure water, for example.

 本実施形態の感光性樹脂積層体は、プリント配線板、フレキシブル基板、リードフレーム基板、タッチパネル基板、COF用基板、半導体パッケージ用基板、液晶用透明電極、液晶用TFT用配線、PDP用電極等の導体パターンの製造に適した感光性樹脂積層体である。
 なお、上述した各種パラメータについては、特に断りのない限り、後述の実施例における測定方法又はこれと同等であることが当業者に理解される方法に準じて測定される。
The photosensitive resin laminate of the present embodiment includes a printed wiring board, a flexible substrate, a lead frame substrate, a touch panel substrate, a COF substrate, a semiconductor package substrate, a liquid crystal transparent electrode, a liquid crystal TFT wiring, a PDP electrode, and the like. It is a photosensitive resin laminate suitable for producing a conductor pattern.
The above-described various parameters are measured according to a measurement method in the examples described later or a method understood by those skilled in the art to be equivalent thereto, unless otherwise specified.

 次に、実施例及び比較例を挙げて本実施形態をより具体的に説明する。しかしながら、本実施形態は、その要旨から逸脱しない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。実施例中の物性は以下の方法により測定した。
 高分子の物性値の測定、並びに実施例及び比較例の評価用サンプルの作製方法を説明する。また、得られたサンプルについての評価方法及びその評価結果を示す。
Next, the present embodiment will be described more specifically with reference to examples and comparative examples. However, the present embodiment is not limited to the following examples unless departing from the gist thereof. The physical properties in the examples were measured by the following methods.
The method of measuring the physical properties of the polymer and the method of preparing the evaluation samples of the examples and comparative examples will be described. In addition, an evaluation method and an evaluation result of the obtained sample will be described.

(1)物性値の測定及び計算
<高分子の重量平均分子量又は数平均分子量の測定>
 高分子の重量平均分子量又は数平均分子量は、日本分光(株)製ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)(ポンプ:Gulliver、PU-1580型、カラム:昭和電工(株)製Shodex(登録商標)(KF-807、KF-806M、KF-806M、KF-802.5)4本直列、移動層溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、ポリスチレン標準サンプル(昭和電工(株)製Shodex STANDARD SM-105)による検量線使用)によりポリスチレン換算として求めた。
 さらに、高分子の分散度は、数平均分子量に対する重量平均分子量の比(重量平均分子量/数平均分子量)として算出された。
(1) Measurement and calculation of physical properties <Measurement of weight average molecular weight or number average molecular weight of polymer>
The weight average molecular weight or number average molecular weight of the polymer is determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) manufactured by JASCO Corporation (pump: Gulliver, PU-1580 type, column: Shodex (registered trademark) manufactured by Showa Denko KK) KF-807, KF-806M, KF-806M, KF-802.5) 4 in series, moving bed solvent: tetrahydrofuran, polystyrene standard sample (use of calibration curve with Shodex STANDARD SM-105 manufactured by Showa Denko KK) It was determined in terms of polystyrene.
Further, the degree of dispersion of the polymer was calculated as a ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight).

<酸当量>
 本開示において、酸当量とは、分子中に1当量のカルボキシル基を有する重合体の質量(グラム)を意味する。平沼産業(株)製平沼自動滴定装置(COM-555)を使用し、0.1mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用いて電位差滴定法により酸当量を測定した。
<Acid equivalent>
In the present disclosure, the acid equivalent means the mass (gram) of a polymer having one equivalent of a carboxyl group in a molecule. Using a Hiranuma automatic titrator (COM-555) manufactured by Hiranuma Sangyo Co., Ltd., the acid equivalent was measured by a potentiometric titration method using a 0.1 mol / L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution.

<I/O値>
 アルカリ可溶性高分子のI/O値は以下の方法により導き出した。まず、非特許文献(有機概念図(甲田善生著、三共出版(1984));KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN,第1号、第1~16項(1954年);化学の領域、第11巻、第10号、719~725項(1957年);フレグランスジャーナル、第34号、第97~111項(1979年);フレグランスジャーナル、第50号、第79~82項(1981年))に記載の方法により構成する各コモノマーのI値及びO値を算出し、次に前記IO値及びO値のそれぞれをコモノマーのモル比で平均化することでIaverage値とOaverage値を得た。そして、得られたIaverage値をOaverage値で除することでI/O値を導き出した。
<I / O value>
The I / O value of the alkali-soluble polymer was derived by the following method. First, Non-Patent Documents (Organic Conceptual Diagram (Yoshio Koda, Sankyo Publishing (1984)); KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, Nos. 1, 1-16 (1954); Chemistry, Vol. 11, No. 10 , 719-725 (1957); Fragrance Journal, No. 34, 97-111 (1979); Fragrance Journal, No. 50, 79-82 (1981)) each comonomers calculates the I value and the O value, then give I average value and O average value by averaging the respective molar ratio of the comonomers of the IO values and O values. Then, the I / O value was derived by dividing the obtained I average value by the O average value.

<ガラス転移温度Tg>
 アルカリ可溶性高分子のガラス転移温度TgはFox式で求めた。ガラス転移温度Tgを求める際には、対応するアルカリ可溶性高分子を形成するコモノマーから成るホモポリマーのガラス転移温度として、非特許文献(Brandrup,J. Immergut, E. H.編集「Polymer handbook, Third edition, John wiley & sons, 1989, p.209 Chapter VI 『Glass transition temperatures of polymers』」)に示される値を使用した。なお、実施例において計算に用いた各コモノマーから成るホモポリマーのガラス転移温度を表1に示す。アルカリ可溶性高分子が2種以上ポリマーから構成される場合は、以下の下記式によって求められる値が、アルカリ可溶性高分子のガラス転移温度となる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000005
{式中、Wは、各々のアルカリ可溶性高分子の固形重量であり、Tgは、各々のアルカリ可溶性高分子のFox式で求められるガラス転移温度であり、Wtotalは、各々のアルカリ可溶性高分子の合計固形重量であり、かつnは、感光性樹脂組成物に含まれるアルカリ可溶性高分子の種類の数である} <Glass transition temperature Tg>
The glass transition temperature Tg of the alkali-soluble polymer was determined by the Fox equation. When obtaining the glass transition temperature Tg, a non-patent document (Brandrup, J. Imergutt, EH, edited by Polymer Handbook, Third) is used as a glass transition temperature of a homopolymer composed of a comonomer that forms a corresponding alkali-soluble polymer. edition, John Wiley & sons, 1989, p. 209 Chapter VI "Glass transition tempera- tures of polymers"). Table 1 shows the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer composed of each comonomer used in the calculation in the examples. When the alkali-soluble polymer is composed of two or more kinds of polymers, the value determined by the following equation is the glass transition temperature of the alkali-soluble polymer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000005
{Wherein, W i is the solid weight of each of the alkali-soluble polymer, Tg i is the glass transition temperature determined by the Fox equation of each of the alkali-soluble polymer, W total, each of the alkali-soluble It is the total solid weight of the polymer, and n is the number of types of alkali-soluble polymer contained in the photosensitive resin composition.

(2)評価用サンプルの作製方法
 評価用サンプルは以下のように作製した。
<感光性樹脂積層体の作製>
 後掲する表1~3に示す成分(但し、各成分の数字は固形分としての配合量(質量部)を示す。)及び溶媒を十分に攪拌、混合して、感光性樹脂組成物調合液を得た。表1及び2中に示した成分の詳細を表3に示している。支持フィルムとして16μm厚のポリエチレンテレフタラートフィルム(東レ(株)製、FB-40)を用い、その表面にバーコーターを用いて、この調合液を均一に塗布し、95℃の乾燥機中で3分間乾燥して、感光性樹脂組成物層を形成した。感光性樹脂組成物層の乾燥厚みは30μmであった。
 次いで、感光性樹脂組成物層のポリエチレンテレフタラートフィルムを積層していない側の表面上に、保護層として19μm厚のポリエチレンフィルム(タマポリ(株)製、GF-18)を貼り合わせて感光性樹脂積層体を得た。
 なお、表1及び2中のメトキノン量及びジブチルヒドロキシトルエン量は、感光性樹脂組成物中の固形分全量を基準とした各成分濃度を意味する。
(2) Production method of evaluation sample The evaluation sample was produced as follows.
<Preparation of photosensitive resin laminate>
The components shown in Tables 1 to 3 below (however, the number of each component indicates the amount (parts by mass) as a solid content) and a solvent are sufficiently stirred and mixed to prepare a photosensitive resin composition preparation liquid. I got Table 3 shows details of the components shown in Tables 1 and 2. A 16 μm-thick polyethylene terephthalate film (FB-40, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was used as a support film, and the prepared solution was uniformly applied to the surface thereof using a bar coater. After drying for a minute, a photosensitive resin composition layer was formed. The dry thickness of the photosensitive resin composition layer was 30 μm.
Then, a 19 μm-thick polyethylene film (manufactured by Tamapoly Corporation, GF-18) is laminated as a protective layer on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the side where the polyethylene terephthalate film is not laminated. A laminate was obtained.
The amounts of methoquinone and dibutylhydroxytoluene in Tables 1 and 2 mean the concentration of each component based on the total solid content in the photosensitive resin composition.

<基板整面>
 画像性の評価基板として、35μm圧延銅箔を積層した0.4mm厚の銅張積層板を、スプレー圧0.2MPaで研削剤(宇治電化学工業(株)製、#400)を用いてジェットスクラブ研磨した後、10質量%HSO水溶液で基板表面を洗浄した。
<Board leveling>
As a substrate for evaluation of image properties, a 0.4 mm thick copper-clad laminate obtained by laminating 35 μm rolled copper foil was jetted using a grinding agent (# 400, manufactured by Uji Denka Kogyo KK) at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa. After scrub polishing, the substrate surface was washed with a 10% by mass aqueous solution of H 2 SO 4 .

<ラミネート>
 感光性樹脂積層体のポリエチレンフィルム(保護層)を剥がしながら、50℃に予熱した銅張積層板に、ホットロールラミネーター(旭化成(株)社製、AL-700)により、感光性樹脂積層体をロール温度105℃でラミネートした。エアー圧は0.35MPaとし、ラミネート速度は1.5m/minとした。
<Laminate>
While peeling off the polyethylene film (protective layer) of the photosensitive resin laminate, the photosensitive resin laminate was applied to a copper-clad laminate preheated to 50 ° C. using a hot roll laminator (AL-700, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation). Lamination was performed at a roll temperature of 105 ° C. The air pressure was 0.35 MPa, and the laminating speed was 1.5 m / min.

<露光>
 ラミネート後2時間経過した評価用基板に、直接描画露光機(オルボテック(株)製、Nuvogo Fine 10、光源:375nm(30%)+405nm(70%))により、ストーファー41段ステップタブレットを用いて露光した。露光は、前記ストーファー41段ステップタブレットをマスクとして露光、現像したときの最高残膜段数が14段となる露光量で行った。
<Exposure>
A direct drawing exposure machine (Nuvogo Fine 10, manufactured by Orbotech Co., Ltd., light source: 375 nm (30%) + 405 nm (70%)) was used on the evaluation substrate 2 hours after lamination using a 41-step stofer tablet. Exposure. The exposure was performed with an exposure amount such that the maximum number of remaining film steps was 14 when exposed and developed using the 41-step stofer step tablet as a mask.

<加熱>
 露光後7分経過した評価用基板を、ホットロールラミネーター(旭化成(株)社製、AL-700)により加熱した。ロール温度は105℃、エアー圧は0.30MPa、ラミネート速度は1m/minとした。なお、露光から現像までの時間を長くすると加熱の効果が無くなってくるため、通常は露光後1分程度に加熱する。そのため、本実施例の露光7分後の加熱は非常に厳しい条件である。
<Heating>
The evaluation substrate 7 minutes after the exposure was heated by a hot roll laminator (AL-700, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation). The roll temperature was 105 ° C., the air pressure was 0.30 MPa, and the laminating speed was 1 m / min. Note that if the time from exposure to development is increased, the effect of heating is lost, so that heating is usually performed for about 1 minute after exposure. For this reason, the heating after 7 minutes of exposure in this embodiment is a very severe condition.

<現像>
 ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(支持フィルム)を剥離した後、アルカリ現像機((株)フジ機工製、ドライフィルム用現像機)を用い、30℃の1質量%NaCO水溶液を所定時間に亘ってスプレーして現像を行った。現像スプレーの時間は最短現像時間の2倍の時間とし、現像後の水洗スプレーの時間は最短現像時間の3倍の時間とした。この際、未露光部分の感光性樹脂層が完全に溶解するのに要する最も短い時間を最短現像時間とした。
<Development>
After peeling off the polyethylene terephthalate film (support film), a 1% by mass aqueous solution of Na 2 CO 3 at 30 ° C. is sprayed for a predetermined time using an alkali developing machine (developing machine for dry film manufactured by Fuji Kiko Co., Ltd.). And developed. The time of the developing spray was twice the shortest developing time, and the time of the water spray after the developing was three times the shortest developing time. At this time, the shortest time required for the unexposed portion of the photosensitive resin layer to completely dissolve was defined as the shortest development time.

(3)サンプルの評価方法
<メトキノン量>
 感光性樹脂組成物中のメトキノン量は島津製作所製のガスクロマトグラフィー(以下、GCと略記する)を用いた内部標準法で求めた。検出器は水素炎イオン化検出器(以下、FIDと略記する)であり、内部標準にはn-ドコサンを使用した。
<ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン量>
 感光性樹脂組成物中のジブチルヒドロキシトルエン量はメトキノン量と同様GCで求めた。内部標準にはn-オクタデカンを使用した。
<光線透過率>
 各樹脂組成物の375nm及び405nmにおける光線透過率を、以下の方法で測定した。
 ポリエチレンフィルム(保護層)を剥がした感光性樹脂積層体の各波長における透過率を、分光光度計((株)ヒタチハイテクノロジーズ、U-3010)を用いて測定を行った。その際、感光性樹脂積層体の膜厚方向に透過光が通過するように設置して測定を行った。
(3) Sample evaluation method <Metoquinone amount>
The amount of methoquinone in the photosensitive resin composition was determined by an internal standard method using gas chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GC) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. The detector was a flame ionization detector (hereinafter abbreviated as FID), and n-docosane was used as an internal standard.
<Amount of dibutylhydroxytoluene>
The amount of dibutylhydroxytoluene in the photosensitive resin composition was determined by GC similarly to the amount of methoquinone. N-octadecane was used as an internal standard.
<Light transmittance>
The light transmittance at 375 nm and 405 nm of each resin composition was measured by the following method.
The transmittance at each wavelength of the photosensitive resin laminate from which the polyethylene film (protective layer) was removed was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-3010, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). At that time, measurement was performed by setting the photosensitive resin laminate so that transmitted light would pass in the thickness direction of the photosensitive resin laminate.

<感度評価>
 上述の露光工程においてストーファー41段ステップタブレットのマスクを通して露光した後、現像し、最高残膜段数が14段となる露光量(mJ/cm)を感度の値として求めた。
<Sensitivity evaluation>
In the above-mentioned exposure process, after exposing through a mask of a 41-step stofer step tablet, development was performed, and the exposure amount (mJ / cm 2 ) at which the maximum remaining film number became 14 was obtained as a sensitivity value.

<線幅再現性>
 上述の露光工程において、露光部と未露光部の幅が20μm:20μmの比率のラインパターンを有する描画データを使用して露光した。上述の現像条件に従って現像し、硬化レジストラインを形成した。
 硬化レジストラインのライン幅を線幅再現性の値として求めた。
<Line width reproducibility>
In the above-described exposure step, exposure was performed using drawing data having a line pattern in which the width of the exposed portion and the unexposed portion was 20 μm: 20 μm. Development was performed under the above-described development conditions to form a cured resist line.
The line width of the cured resist line was determined as a value of line width reproducibility.

<解像性>
 上述の露光工程において、露光部と未露光部の幅が1:1の比率のラインパターンを有する描画データを使用して露光した。上述の現像条件に従って現像し、硬化レジストラインを形成した。
 硬化レジストラインが正常に形成されている最小ライン幅を解像度の値として求めた。
<Resolution>
In the above-described exposure step, exposure was performed using drawing data having a line pattern in which the width of the exposed portion and the unexposed portion was 1: 1. Development was performed under the above-described development conditions to form a cured resist line.
The minimum line width at which the cured resist line was normally formed was determined as the value of the resolution.

<密着性>
 上述の露光工程において、露光部と未露光部の幅がxμm:200μmの比率のラインパターンを有する描画データを使用して露光した。上述の現像条件に従って現像し、硬化レジストラインが正常に形成されている最小ライン幅を光学顕微鏡により測定した。この測定を4本のラインについて行い、その4つの線幅の平均値を密着性の値として求めた。
 密着性の評価についてのみ、露光後1分経過してから加熱した場合と露光後7分経過してから加熱した場合の2通りで評価を行った。
<Adhesion>
In the above-described exposure process, exposure was performed using drawing data having a line pattern in which the width of the exposed portion and the unexposed portion was x μm: 200 μm. The development was performed according to the above-described development conditions, and the minimum line width at which the cured resist lines were normally formed was measured with an optical microscope. This measurement was performed for four lines, and the average value of the four line widths was determined as the value of adhesion.
Only the evaluation of the adhesiveness was performed in two cases, that is, when heating was performed one minute after exposure and when heating was performed seven minutes after exposure.

<最短現像時間の遅延>
 上述の現像工程において、露光後の加熱無しで現像した時と露光7分後に加熱を行ってから現像した時のそれぞれに対し、未露光部分の感光性樹脂層が完全に溶解するのに要する最も短い時間である最短現像時間を計測し、以下の基準によりランク分けした。
 良:露光後加熱有りの時と露光後加熱無しの時で最短現像時間に差がない
 可:露光後加熱有りの時の最短現像時間が露光後加熱無しの時に比べて1秒以内の遅延
 不可:露光後加熱有りの時の最短現像時間が露光後加熱無しの時に比べて1秒を超えて遅延
 結果を表1及び2に示す。
<Shortest development time delay>
In the above-described developing step, the time required for completely dissolving the unexposed portion of the photosensitive resin layer is the same as when developing without heating after exposure and when developing after heating 7 minutes after exposure. The shortest development time, which is a short time, was measured and ranked according to the following criteria.
Good: There is no difference in the shortest development time between the case with heating after exposure and the case without heating after exposure. Possible: The shortest development time with heating after exposure is less than 1 second compared to the case without heating after exposure. : The shortest development time with heating after exposure was more than 1 second longer than without heating after exposure. Tables 1 and 2 show the results.

 本実施例の露光後の加熱条件は、露光7分後の加熱であるため非常に厳しい条件である。例えば、実施例3及び比較例2の組成を露光後の加熱無しで現像したときの密着性は、共に13.8μmであった。つまり、比較例1の組成においては露光7分後の加熱では効果は見られなかったが、実施例3においては非常に厳しい条件であっても密着性を向上させることができる。また、露光1分後に加熱する条件においては、実施例7及び比較例1の組成のいずれにおいても10.8μmの密着性が得られた。以上の結果から分かるように、一般的な露光後の加熱条件においては密着性が良好な場合であっても、露光後7分後の加熱という厳しい条件においては密着性が良くなるという訳ではないところ、本発明により初めてこの厳しい露光後加熱条件においても密着性を良くすることができる。これにより、回路基板を製造する際、露光から現像までの時間が長くなってしまっても良好な密着性を得ることができるため、高精細な回路パターンを安定して形成可能となる。 加熱 The heating conditions after exposure in this example are very strict conditions because heating is performed 7 minutes after exposure. For example, when the compositions of Example 3 and Comparative Example 2 were developed without heating after exposure, the adhesion was 13.8 μm. That is, in the composition of Comparative Example 1, no effect was observed by heating after 7 minutes of exposure, but in Example 3, the adhesion could be improved even under very severe conditions. In addition, under the condition of heating after 1 minute of exposure, in each of the compositions of Example 7 and Comparative Example 1, adhesion of 10.8 μm was obtained. As can be seen from the above results, even if the adhesion is good under the general heating conditions after exposure, the adhesion does not necessarily improve under the severe condition of heating 7 minutes after exposure. However, according to the present invention, the adhesion can be improved even under the severe post-exposure heating conditions for the first time. Thereby, when manufacturing a circuit board, good adhesion can be obtained even if the time from exposure to development becomes long, so that a high-definition circuit pattern can be stably formed.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008

 本発明による感光性樹脂組成物は、露光後に加熱してから現像したときの感度、密着性、線幅再現性、及び解像性が良好であり、特に露光から現像までの時間が長い場合にも良好な密着性を実現するため、感光性樹脂組成物として広範な用途に利用することができる。 The photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention has good sensitivity, adhesion, line width reproducibility, and resolution when heated and developed after exposure, particularly when the time from exposure to development is long. Can also be used in a wide range of applications as a photosensitive resin composition to achieve good adhesion.

Claims (25)

 (A)アルカリ可溶性高分子:10質量%~90質量%;
 (B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物:5質量%~70質量%;
 (C)光重合開始剤:0.01質量%~20質量%;及び
 (D)フェノール系重合禁止剤:1ppm~300ppm;
を含む感光性樹脂組成物であって、
 375nm及び405nmの少なくとも一方における光線透過率が58%~95%である、前記感光性樹脂組成物。
(A) an alkali-soluble polymer: 10% to 90% by mass;
(B) a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond: 5% by mass to 70% by mass;
(C) a photopolymerization initiator: 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass; and (D) a phenolic polymerization inhibitor: 1 ppm to 300 ppm;
A photosensitive resin composition containing
The above photosensitive resin composition, wherein the light transmittance at at least one of 375 nm and 405 nm is 58% to 95%.
 前記(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤としてメトキノンを含む、請求項1に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the photosensitive resin composition comprises methoquinone as the (D) phenolic polymerization inhibitor.  前記(D)フェノール系重合禁止剤としてジブチルヒドロキシトルエンを含む、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein (D) dibutylhydroxytoluene is contained as the phenolic polymerization inhibitor.  前記ジブチルヒドロキシトルエンの含有量が、1~200ppmである、請求項3に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 4. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein the content of the dibutylhydroxytoluene is 1 to 200 ppm.  前記ジブチルヒドロキシトルエンの含有量が、10~150ppmである、請求項3に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 4. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein the content of the dibutylhydroxytoluene is from 10 to 150 ppm.  前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のI/O値が0.600以下である、請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 感光 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the (A) alkali-soluble polymer has an I / O value of 0.600 or less.  前記(C)光重合開始剤は、アントラセン、ピラゾリン、トリフェニルアミン、クマリン、及びこれらの誘導体からなる群から選択される1つ以上を含む、請求項1~6のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive material according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the photopolymerization initiator (C) includes at least one selected from the group consisting of anthracene, pyrazoline, triphenylamine, coumarin, and derivatives thereof. Resin composition.  前記(C)光重合開始剤は、アントラセン及び/又はアントラセン誘導体を含む、請求項7に記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 7, wherein the (C) photopolymerization initiator contains anthracene and / or an anthracene derivative.  前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子中におけるスチレン及び/又はスチレン誘導体の構成単位が26質量%以上である、請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 感光 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the structural unit of styrene and / or styrene derivative in the alkali-soluble polymer (A) is 26% by mass or more.  前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子が、単量体成分としてベンジル(メタ)アクリレートの構成単位を含む、請求項1~9のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 (10) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein the (A) alkali-soluble polymer contains a structural unit of benzyl (meth) acrylate as a monomer component.  前記(A)アルカリ可溶性高分子のガラス転移温度が120℃以下である、請求項1~10のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 (11) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of (1) to (10), wherein the alkali-soluble polymer (A) has a glass transition temperature of 120 ° C. or lower.  前記(B)エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する化合物が、分子中にメタクリレート基を3つ以上有する化合物を、感光性樹脂組成物全体の固形分に対し5質量%以上の量で含有する、請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 (B) the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond contains a compound having three or more methacrylate groups in a molecule in an amount of 5% by mass or more based on the solid content of the entire photosensitive resin composition; The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11.  中心波長390nm未満の第1のレーザー光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2のレーザー光とで露光樹脂硬化物を得るための、請求項1~12のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 (13) The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of (1) to (12), which is used to obtain an exposed resin cured product using a first laser beam having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second laser beam having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more.  前記第1のレーザー光の中心波長が350nm以上380nm以下であり、前記第2のレーザー光の中心波長が400nm以上410nm以下である、請求項1~13のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 14. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein a center wavelength of the first laser light is 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, and a center wavelength of the second laser light is 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less. .  以下の工程:
 感光性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程;
 露光された感光性樹脂組成物を加熱する加熱工程;及び
 加熱された感光性樹脂組成物を現像する現像工程;
によりパターン形成可能な、請求項1~14のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。
The following steps:
An exposure step of exposing the photosensitive resin composition;
A heating step of heating the exposed photosensitive resin composition; and a developing step of developing the heated photosensitive resin composition;
The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14, which is capable of forming a pattern by:
 前記加熱工程における加熱温度が30℃~150℃の範囲である、請求項1~15のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the heating temperature in the heating step is in the range of 30 ° C to 150 ° C.  前記加熱工程を、露光から15分以内に行う、請求項1~16のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物。 17. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the heating step is performed within 15 minutes from the exposure.  以下の工程:
 請求項1~17のいずれかに記載の感光性樹脂組成物を露光する露光工程;
 露光された感光性樹脂組成物を加熱する加熱工程;及び
 加熱された感光性樹脂組成物を現像する現像工程;
を含む、レジストパターンの形成方法。
The following steps:
An exposure step for exposing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 17;
A heating step of heating the exposed photosensitive resin composition; and a developing step of developing the heated photosensitive resin composition;
A method for forming a resist pattern, comprising:
 前記加熱工程における加熱温度が30℃~150℃の範囲である、請求項18に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。 19. The method of forming a resist pattern according to claim 18, wherein a heating temperature in the heating step is in a range of 30 ° C. to 150 ° C.  前記加熱工程を、露光から15分以内に行う、請求項18又は19に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。 20. The method for forming a resist pattern according to claim 18, wherein the heating step is performed within 15 minutes after exposure.  前記露光工程を、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法、又はフォトマスクの像を、レンズを通して投影させる露光方法により行う、請求項18~20のいずれかに記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。 21. The method of forming a resist pattern according to claim 18, wherein the exposing step is performed by an exposing method by direct drawing of a drawing pattern or an exposing method of projecting an image of a photomask through a lens.  前記露光工程を、描画パターンの直接描画による露光方法により行う、請求項21に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。 22. The method for forming a resist pattern according to claim 21, wherein the exposing step is performed by an exposing method based on direct drawing of a drawing pattern.  前記露光工程を、中心波長390nm未満の第1のレーザー光と、中心波長390nm以上の第2のレーザー光とで露光する方法により行う、請求項22に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。 23. The method of forming a resist pattern according to claim 22, wherein the exposing step is performed by a method of exposing with a first laser beam having a center wavelength of less than 390 nm and a second laser beam having a center wavelength of 390 nm or more.  前記第1のレーザー光の中心波長が350nm以上380nm以下であり、前記第2のレーザー光の中心波長が400nm以上410nm以下である、請求項23に記載のレジストパターンの形成方法。 24. The method of forming a resist pattern according to claim 23, wherein the center wavelength of the first laser light is 350 nm or more and 380 nm or less, and the center wavelength of the second laser light is 400 nm or more and 410 nm or less.  請求項18~24のいずれかに記載の方法によって、基板上にレジストパターンを形成するレジストパターン形成工程;及び
 前記レジストパターンを有する基板に対してエッチング又はめっきを施すことにより回路基板を形成する回路基板形成工程;を含む、回路基板の製造方法。
A resist pattern forming step of forming a resist pattern on a substrate by the method according to any one of claims 18 to 24; and a circuit for forming a circuit board by etching or plating the substrate having the resist pattern. A substrate forming step;
PCT/JP2019/031219 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern Ceased WO2020032133A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MYUI2021000615A MY206335A (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
KR1020207031624A KR102509152B1 (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
JP2020535851A JP7422664B2 (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and resist pattern formation method
CN201980051908.6A CN112534351B (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
CN202510268247.XA CN120215208A (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
JP2023014176A JP2023061998A (en) 2018-08-09 2023-02-01 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018149985 2018-08-09
JP2018-149985 2018-08-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020032133A1 true WO2020032133A1 (en) 2020-02-13

Family

ID=69414762

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/031219 Ceased WO2020032133A1 (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-07 Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7422664B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102509152B1 (en)
CN (2) CN120215208A (en)
MY (1) MY206335A (en)
TW (2) TWI811423B (en)
WO (1) WO2020032133A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI780648B (en) * 2020-04-03 2022-10-11 日商旭化成股份有限公司 Photosensitive element, and method of forming resist pattern
US20240012326A1 (en) * 2021-01-29 2024-01-11 Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha Photosensitive element, and method for forming resist pattern
WO2025248595A1 (en) * 2024-05-27 2025-12-04 株式会社レゾナック Photosensitive element and method for manufacturing laminate

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006163339A (en) * 2004-05-12 2006-06-22 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP2006267719A (en) * 2005-03-24 2006-10-05 Hitachi Via Mechanics Ltd Pattern exposure method and apparatus
JP2007256832A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming material and pattern forming method
JP2009145613A (en) * 2007-12-13 2009-07-02 Nippon Synthetic Chem Ind Co Ltd:The Photoresist film, photosensitive resin composition layer, and method for forming resist pattern
JP2010091662A (en) * 2008-10-06 2010-04-22 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, and photosensitive element, method of producing resist pattern and method of manufacturing printed wiring board using the same
JP2010217683A (en) * 2009-03-18 2010-09-30 Jsr Corp Aluminum-containing photosensitive resin composition and pattern forming method
JP2016224161A (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-28 日立化成株式会社 Method for forming resist pattern, method for manufacturing printed wiring board and photosensitive element
WO2017002859A1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film production method and semiconductor device

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080118867A1 (en) * 2004-05-12 2008-05-22 Morimasa Sato Pattern Forming Material, Pattern Forming Apparatus, And Pattern Forming Process
JP2010249884A (en) 2009-04-10 2010-11-04 Dupont Mrc Dryfilm Ltd Photopolymerizable resin composition and photosensitive film using the same
JP5791874B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2015-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 COLORING COMPOSITION, INKJET INK, COLOR FILTER AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP2015102756A (en) 2013-11-26 2015-06-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Method for manufacturing touch panel or display panel, touch panel, display panel, and display device
KR20160070801A (en) * 2013-12-26 2016-06-20 아사히 가세이 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin laminate
TWI623814B (en) * 2014-05-21 2018-05-11 Asahi Kasei E Mat Corporation Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming circuit pattern
TWI667539B (en) * 2015-04-08 2019-08-01 日商旭化成股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition
MY199738A (en) * 2015-09-11 2023-11-21 Asahi Chemical Ind Photosensitive resin composition
JP6896383B2 (en) * 2016-07-22 2021-06-30 東京応化工業株式会社 A method for producing a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a color filter, and a cured film.

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006163339A (en) * 2004-05-12 2006-06-22 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP2006267719A (en) * 2005-03-24 2006-10-05 Hitachi Via Mechanics Ltd Pattern exposure method and apparatus
JP2007256832A (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Pattern forming material and pattern forming method
JP2009145613A (en) * 2007-12-13 2009-07-02 Nippon Synthetic Chem Ind Co Ltd:The Photoresist film, photosensitive resin composition layer, and method for forming resist pattern
JP2010091662A (en) * 2008-10-06 2010-04-22 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, and photosensitive element, method of producing resist pattern and method of manufacturing printed wiring board using the same
JP2010217683A (en) * 2009-03-18 2010-09-30 Jsr Corp Aluminum-containing photosensitive resin composition and pattern forming method
JP2016224161A (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-28 日立化成株式会社 Method for forming resist pattern, method for manufacturing printed wiring board and photosensitive element
WO2017002859A1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured film, cured film production method and semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202309103A (en) 2023-03-01
TWI811423B (en) 2023-08-11
JPWO2020032133A1 (en) 2021-05-13
CN112534351A (en) 2021-03-19
TW202016154A (en) 2020-05-01
MY206335A (en) 2024-12-12
KR20200139768A (en) 2020-12-14
JP7422664B2 (en) 2024-01-26
KR102509152B1 (en) 2023-03-10
JP2023061998A (en) 2023-05-02
CN112534351B (en) 2025-03-18
TWI812546B (en) 2023-08-11
CN120215208A (en) 2025-06-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7615110B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
JP6865811B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2023061998A (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
JP7480252B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for forming resist pattern
JP7340643B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin laminate
JP2021113984A (en) Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin laminate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19848555

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020535851

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207031624

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19848555

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 201980051908.6

Country of ref document: CN